tc-alpha.c revision 1.8 1 1.1 christos /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
2 1.8 christos Copyright (C) 1989-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 christos Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
4 1.1 christos Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
5 1.1 christos Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
6 1.1 christos Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
7 1.1 christos Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
8 1.1 christos
9 1.1 christos This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
10 1.1 christos
11 1.1 christos GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 1.1 christos it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 1.1 christos the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
14 1.1 christos any later version.
15 1.1 christos
16 1.1 christos GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 1.1 christos but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 1.1 christos MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 1.1 christos GNU General Public License for more details.
20 1.1 christos
21 1.1 christos You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 1.1 christos along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
23 1.1 christos Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
24 1.1 christos 02110-1301, USA. */
25 1.1 christos
26 1.1 christos /* Mach Operating System
27 1.1 christos Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
28 1.1 christos All Rights Reserved.
29 1.1 christos
30 1.1 christos Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
31 1.1 christos documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
32 1.1 christos notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
33 1.1 christos software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
34 1.1 christos thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
35 1.1 christos
36 1.1 christos CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
37 1.1 christos CONDITION. CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
38 1.1 christos ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
39 1.1 christos
40 1.1 christos Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
41 1.1 christos
42 1.1 christos Software Distribution Coordinator or Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
43 1.1 christos School of Computer Science
44 1.1 christos Carnegie Mellon University
45 1.1 christos Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
46 1.1 christos
47 1.1 christos any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
48 1.1 christos rights to redistribute these changes. */
49 1.1 christos
50 1.1 christos #include "as.h"
51 1.1 christos #include "subsegs.h"
52 1.1 christos #include "ecoff.h"
53 1.1 christos
54 1.1 christos #include "opcode/alpha.h"
55 1.1 christos
56 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
57 1.1 christos #include "elf/alpha.h"
58 1.1 christos #endif
59 1.1 christos
60 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
61 1.1 christos #include "vms.h"
62 1.1 christos #include "vms/egps.h"
63 1.1 christos #endif
64 1.1 christos
65 1.1 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
66 1.1 christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
67 1.1 christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
68 1.1 christos
69 1.1 christos /* Local types. */
71 1.1 christos
72 1.1 christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR -1
73 1.1 christos #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT -2
74 1.1 christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
75 1.1 christos #define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5
76 1.1 christos
77 1.1 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
78 1.1 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
79 1.1 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
80 1.1 christos
81 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup
82 1.1 christos {
83 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
84 1.1 christos /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
85 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
86 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
87 1.1 christos /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section. */
88 1.1 christos symbolS *xtrasym;
89 1.1 christos
90 1.1 christos /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor. */
91 1.1 christos symbolS *procsym;
92 1.1 christos #endif
93 1.1 christos };
94 1.1 christos
95 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn
96 1.1 christos {
97 1.1 christos unsigned insn;
98 1.1 christos int nfixups;
99 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
100 1.1 christos long sequence;
101 1.1 christos };
102 1.1 christos
103 1.1 christos enum alpha_macro_arg
104 1.1 christos {
105 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA = 1,
106 1.1 christos MACRO_IR,
107 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR,
108 1.1 christos MACRO_OPIR,
109 1.1 christos MACRO_CPIR,
110 1.1 christos MACRO_FPR,
111 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP
112 1.1 christos };
113 1.1 christos
114 1.1 christos struct alpha_macro
115 1.1 christos {
116 1.1 christos const char *name;
117 1.1 christos void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
118 1.1 christos const void * arg;
119 1.1 christos enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
120 1.1 christos };
121 1.1 christos
122 1.1 christos /* Extra expression types. */
123 1.1 christos
124 1.1 christos #define O_pregister O_md1 /* O_register, in parentheses. */
125 1.1 christos #define O_cpregister O_md2 /* + a leading comma. */
126 1.1 christos
127 1.1 christos /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these. */
128 1.1 christos #define O_literal O_md3 /* !literal relocation. */
129 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_addr O_md4 /* !lituse_addr relocation. */
130 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_base O_md5 /* !lituse_base relocation. */
131 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_bytoff O_md6 /* !lituse_bytoff relocation. */
132 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_jsr O_md7 /* !lituse_jsr relocation. */
133 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_tlsgd O_md8 /* !lituse_tlsgd relocation. */
134 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_tlsldm O_md9 /* !lituse_tlsldm relocation. */
135 1.1 christos #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10 /* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation. */
136 1.1 christos #define O_gpdisp O_md11 /* !gpdisp relocation. */
137 1.1 christos #define O_gprelhigh O_md12 /* !gprelhigh relocation. */
138 1.1 christos #define O_gprellow O_md13 /* !gprellow relocation. */
139 1.1 christos #define O_gprel O_md14 /* !gprel relocation. */
140 1.1 christos #define O_samegp O_md15 /* !samegp relocation. */
141 1.1 christos #define O_tlsgd O_md16 /* !tlsgd relocation. */
142 1.1 christos #define O_tlsldm O_md17 /* !tlsldm relocation. */
143 1.1 christos #define O_gotdtprel O_md18 /* !gotdtprel relocation. */
144 1.1 christos #define O_dtprelhi O_md19 /* !dtprelhi relocation. */
145 1.1 christos #define O_dtprello O_md20 /* !dtprello relocation. */
146 1.1 christos #define O_dtprel O_md21 /* !dtprel relocation. */
147 1.1 christos #define O_gottprel O_md22 /* !gottprel relocation. */
148 1.1 christos #define O_tprelhi O_md23 /* !tprelhi relocation. */
149 1.1 christos #define O_tprello O_md24 /* !tprello relocation. */
150 1.1 christos #define O_tprel O_md25 /* !tprel relocation. */
151 1.1 christos
152 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
153 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
154 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
155 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
156 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
157 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
158 1.1 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
159 1.1 christos
160 1.1 christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
161 1.1 christos
162 1.1 christos /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens. */
163 1.1 christos
164 1.1 christos #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & 32) == 0)
165 1.1 christos #define is_fpr_num(x) (((x) & 32) != 0)
166 1.1 christos #define regno(x) ((x) & 31)
167 1.1 christos
168 1.1 christos /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler. */
169 1.1 christos
170 1.1 christos #define note_gpreg(R) (alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
171 1.1 christos #define note_fpreg(R) (alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
172 1.1 christos
173 1.1 christos /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
174 1.1 christos /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
175 1.1 christos cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2. */
176 1.1 christos
177 1.1 christos #if 1
178 1.1 christos #define range_signed_16(x) \
179 1.1 christos (((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
180 1.1 christos #define range_signed_32(x) \
181 1.1 christos (((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
182 1.1 christos #else
183 1.1 christos #define range_signed_16(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 && \
184 1.1 christos (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
185 1.1 christos #define range_signed_32(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
186 1.1 christos (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
187 1.1 christos #endif
188 1.1 christos
189 1.1 christos /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits. */
190 1.1 christos /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
191 1.1 christos but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms. */
192 1.1 christos
193 1.1 christos #if 1
194 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_16(x) ((short) (x))
195 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_32(x) ((int) (x))
196 1.1 christos #else
197 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_16(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
198 1.1 christos #define sign_extend_32(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
199 1.1 christos ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
200 1.1 christos #endif
201 1.1 christos
202 1.1 christos /* Macros to build tokens. */
203 1.1 christos
204 1.1 christos #define set_tok_reg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
205 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_register, \
206 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
207 1.1 christos #define set_tok_preg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
208 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_pregister, \
209 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
210 1.1 christos #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
211 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_cpregister, \
212 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r))
213 1.1 christos #define set_tok_freg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
214 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_register, \
215 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
216 1.1 christos #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
217 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_symbol, \
218 1.1 christos (t).X_add_symbol = (s), \
219 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (a))
220 1.1 christos #define set_tok_const(t, n) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
221 1.1 christos (t).X_op = O_constant, \
222 1.1 christos (t).X_add_number = (n))
223 1.1 christos
224 1.1 christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
226 1.1 christos targets. */
227 1.1 christos
228 1.1 christos /* Characters which always start a comment. */
229 1.1 christos const char comment_chars[] = "#";
230 1.1 christos
231 1.1 christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
232 1.1 christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
233 1.1 christos
234 1.1 christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
235 1.1 christos single line. */
236 1.1 christos const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
237 1.1 christos
238 1.1 christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
239 1.1 christos point number. */
240 1.1 christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
241 1.1 christos
242 1.1 christos /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
243 1.5 christos as in 0d1.0. */
244 1.1 christos /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha?? */
245 1.1 christos const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
246 1.1 christos
247 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
248 1.1 christos const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
249 1.1 christos #else
250 1.1 christos const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
251 1.1 christos #endif
252 1.1 christos
253 1.1 christos struct option md_longopts[] =
254 1.1 christos {
255 1.1 christos #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
256 1.1 christos { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
257 1.1 christos #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
258 1.1 christos { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
259 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
260 1.1 christos #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
261 1.1 christos #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
262 1.1 christos { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
263 1.1 christos { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
264 1.1 christos #endif
265 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
266 1.1 christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
267 1.3 christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
268 1.1 christos { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
269 1.1 christos { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
270 1.1 christos #endif
271 1.1 christos { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
272 1.1 christos };
273 1.1 christos
274 1.1 christos size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
275 1.1 christos
276 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
278 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R0 0
279 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R16 16
280 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_R17 17
281 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T9
282 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T9 22
283 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T10
284 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T10 23
285 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T11
286 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T11 24
287 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_T12
288 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_T12 25
289 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_AI 25
290 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_FP
291 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_FP 29
292 1.1 christos
293 1.1 christos #undef AXP_REG_GP
294 1.1 christos #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
295 1.1 christos
296 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
297 1.1 christos
298 1.1 christos /* The cpu for which we are generating code. */
299 1.1 christos static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
300 1.8 christos static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
301 1.1 christos
302 1.1 christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
303 1.8 christos static htab_t alpha_opcode_hash;
304 1.1 christos
305 1.1 christos /* The hash table of macro opcodes. */
306 1.1 christos static htab_t alpha_macro_hash;
307 1.1 christos
308 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
309 1.1 christos /* The $gp relocation symbol. */
310 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
311 1.1 christos
312 1.1 christos /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
313 1.1 christos valueT alpha_gp_value;
314 1.1 christos #endif
315 1.1 christos
316 1.1 christos /* The current $gp register. */
317 1.1 christos static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
318 1.1 christos
319 1.1 christos /* A table of the register symbols. */
320 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
321 1.1 christos
322 1.1 christos /* Constant sections, or sections of constants. */
323 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
324 1.1 christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
325 1.1 christos #endif
326 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
327 1.1 christos segT alpha_link_section;
328 1.1 christos #endif
329 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
330 1.1 christos static segT alpha_lit8_section;
331 1.1 christos #endif
332 1.1 christos
333 1.1 christos /* Symbols referring to said sections. */
334 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
335 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
336 1.1 christos #endif
337 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
338 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
339 1.1 christos #endif
340 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
341 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
342 1.1 christos #endif
343 1.1 christos
344 1.1 christos /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita. */
345 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
346 1.1 christos static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
347 1.1 christos #endif
348 1.1 christos
349 1.1 christos /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */
350 1.1 christos static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
351 1.1 christos
352 1.1 christos /* Are macros enabled? */
353 1.1 christos static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
354 1.1 christos
355 1.1 christos /* Are floats disabled? */
356 1.1 christos static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
357 1.1 christos
358 1.1 christos /* Are addresses 32 bit? */
359 1.1 christos static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
360 1.1 christos
361 1.1 christos /* Symbol labelling the current insn. When the Alpha gas sees
362 1.1 christos foo:
363 1.1 christos .quad 0
364 1.1 christos and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
365 1.1 christos will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary. */
366 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
367 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
368 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
369 1.1 christos #endif
370 1.1 christos
371 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
372 1.1 christos /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction. */
373 1.1 christos static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
374 1.1 christos #endif
375 1.1 christos
376 1.1 christos /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
377 1.1 christos .align 0 will turn this off. */
378 1.1 christos static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
379 1.1 christos
380 1.1 christos /* The known current alignment of the current section. */
381 1.1 christos static int alpha_current_align;
382 1.1 christos
383 1.1 christos /* These are exported to ECOFF code. */
384 1.1 christos unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
385 1.1 christos
386 1.1 christos /* Whether the debugging option was seen. */
387 1.1 christos static int alpha_debug;
388 1.1 christos
389 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
390 1.1 christos /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section. */
391 1.1 christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
392 1.1 christos #endif
393 1.1 christos
394 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
395 1.1 christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization. */
396 1.1 christos int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
397 1.1 christos #endif
398 1.1 christos
399 1.1 christos /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker. */
400 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_relax;
401 1.1 christos
402 1.1 christos /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size. */
403 1.1 christos static int g_switch_value = 8;
404 1.1 christos
405 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
406 1.1 christos /* Collect information about current procedure here. */
407 1.1 christos struct alpha_evax_procs
408 1.1 christos {
409 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol; /* Proc pdesc symbol. */
410 1.1 christos int pdsckind;
411 1.1 christos int framereg; /* Register for frame pointer. */
412 1.1 christos int framesize; /* Size of frame. */
413 1.1 christos int rsa_offset;
414 1.1 christos int ra_save;
415 1.1 christos int fp_save;
416 1.1 christos long imask;
417 1.1 christos long fmask;
418 1.1 christos int type;
419 1.1 christos int prologue;
420 1.1 christos symbolS *handler;
421 1.1 christos int handler_data;
422 1.1 christos };
423 1.1 christos
424 1.1 christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups. */
425 1.1 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
426 1.1 christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
427 1.1 christos
428 1.1 christos /* Current procedure descriptor. */
429 1.1 christos static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
430 1.1 christos static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
431 1.1 christos
432 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0; /* -+ */
433 1.1 christos static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0; /* -H */
434 1.1 christos
435 1.1 christos /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
436 1.1 christos longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated. */
437 1.1 christos
438 1.1 christos #endif
439 1.1 christos
440 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
442 1.1 christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
443 1.1 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
444 1.1 christos that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
445 1.1 christos
446 1.1 christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
447 1.1 christos (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
448 1.1 christos ? (abort (), 0) \
449 1.1 christos : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
450 1.1 christos
451 1.1 christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
452 1.1 christos { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
453 1.1 christos
454 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
455 1.1 christos {
456 1.1 christos const char *name; /* String to lookup. */
457 1.1 christos size_t length; /* Size of the string. */
458 1.1 christos operatorT op; /* Which operator to use. */
459 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
460 1.1 christos unsigned int require_seq : 1; /* Require a sequence number. */
461 1.1 christos unsigned int allow_seq : 1; /* Allow a sequence number. */
462 1.1 christos }
463 1.1 christos alpha_reloc_op[] =
464 1.1 christos {
465 1.1 christos DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
466 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
467 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
468 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
469 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
470 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
471 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
472 1.1 christos DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
473 1.1 christos DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
474 1.1 christos DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
475 1.1 christos DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
476 1.1 christos DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
477 1.1 christos DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
478 1.1 christos DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
479 1.1 christos DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
480 1.1 christos DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
481 1.1 christos DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
482 1.1 christos DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
483 1.1 christos DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
484 1.1 christos DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
485 1.1 christos DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
486 1.1 christos DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
487 1.1 christos DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
488 1.1 christos };
489 1.1 christos
490 1.1 christos #undef DEF
491 1.1 christos
492 1.1 christos static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
493 1.1 christos = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
494 1.1 christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
495 1.1 christos
496 1.1 christos /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #. */
497 1.1 christos #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
498 1.1 christos
499 1.1 christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information. */
500 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
501 1.1 christos {
502 1.1 christos fixS *master; /* The literal reloc. */
503 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
504 1.1 christos struct symbol *sym; /* Linkage section item symbol. */
505 1.1 christos struct symbol *psym; /* Pdesc symbol. */
506 1.1 christos #endif
507 1.1 christos fixS *slaves; /* Head of linked list of lituses. */
508 1.1 christos segT segment; /* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section. */
509 1.1 christos long sequence; /* Sequence #. */
510 1.1 christos unsigned n_master; /* # of literals. */
511 1.1 christos unsigned n_slaves; /* # of lituses. */
512 1.1 christos unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1; /* True if ... */
513 1.1 christos unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
514 1.1 christos unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
515 1.1 christos unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
516 1.1 christos unsigned multi_section_p : 1; /* True if more than one section was used. */
517 1.8 christos char string[1]; /* Printable form of sequence to hash with. */
518 1.1 christos };
519 1.1 christos
520 1.1 christos /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse. */
521 1.1 christos static htab_t alpha_literal_hash;
522 1.1 christos
523 1.1 christos /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros. */
524 1.1 christos static long next_sequence_num = -1;
525 1.1 christos
526 1.1 christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
528 1.1 christos
529 1.1 christos static const struct cpu_type
530 1.1 christos {
531 1.1 christos const char *name;
532 1.1 christos unsigned flags;
533 1.1 christos }
534 1.1 christos cpu_types[] =
535 1.1 christos {
536 1.1 christos /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
537 1.1 christos This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
538 1.1 christos usage in MILO that does -m21064. Probably something more
539 1.1 christos specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well. */
540 1.1 christos
541 1.1 christos { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
542 1.1 christos { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
543 1.1 christos { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
544 1.1 christos { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
545 1.1 christos { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
546 1.1 christos { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
547 1.1 christos { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
548 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
549 1.1 christos { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
550 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
551 1.1 christos { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
552 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
553 1.1 christos { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
554 1.1 christos |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
555 1.1 christos
556 1.1 christos { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
557 1.1 christos { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
558 1.1 christos { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
559 1.1 christos { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
560 1.1 christos { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
561 1.1 christos { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
562 1.1 christos { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
563 1.1 christos { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
564 1.1 christos { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
565 1.1 christos
566 1.1 christos { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
567 1.1 christos { 0, 0 }
568 1.1 christos };
569 1.1 christos
570 1.1 christos /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size). */
571 1.1 christos static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
572 1.1 christos static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
573 1.1 christos static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL, "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
574 1.1 christos static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
575 1.1 christos static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL, "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
576 1.1 christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
577 1.1 christos static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL, "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
578 1.1 christos static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
579 1.1 christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
580 1.5 christos
581 1.1 christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
582 1.1 christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
583 1.1 christos static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
584 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
585 1.1 christos static const char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
586 1.1 christos static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
587 1.1 christos #endif
588 1.1 christos
589 1.1 christos static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
591 1.1 christos get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
592 1.8 christos {
593 1.1 christos char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
594 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
595 1.1 christos
596 1.1 christos sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
597 1.1 christos
598 1.1 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) str_hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
599 1.1 christos if (! info)
600 1.1 christos {
601 1.1 christos size_t len = strlen (buffer);
602 1.1 christos
603 1.8 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
604 1.1 christos xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
605 1.1 christos
606 1.1 christos info->segment = now_seg;
607 1.1 christos info->sequence = sequence;
608 1.1 christos strcpy (info->string, buffer);
609 1.1 christos str_hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, info, 0);
610 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
611 1.1 christos info->sym = 0;
612 1.1 christos info->psym = 0;
613 1.1 christos #endif
614 1.1 christos }
615 1.1 christos
616 1.1 christos return info;
617 1.1 christos }
618 1.1 christos
619 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
620 1.1 christos
621 1.1 christos static void
622 1.1 christos alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
623 1.1 christos asection *sec,
624 1.1 christos void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
625 1.1 christos {
626 1.1 christos segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
627 1.1 christos fixS **prevP;
628 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
629 1.1 christos fixS *next;
630 1.1 christos fixS *slave;
631 1.1 christos
632 1.1 christos /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
633 1.1 christos anything with it. By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
634 1.1 christos the links in place. */
635 1.1 christos if (seginfo == NULL)
636 1.1 christos return;
637 1.1 christos
638 1.1 christos /* If there are no relocations, skip the section. */
639 1.1 christos if (! seginfo->fix_root)
640 1.1 christos return;
641 1.1 christos
642 1.1 christos /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
643 1.1 christos gpdisp_lo16 relocs. */
644 1.1 christos prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
645 1.1 christos for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
646 1.1 christos {
647 1.1 christos next = fixp->fx_next;
648 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
649 1.1 christos
650 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
651 1.1 christos {
652 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
653 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
654 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
655 1.1 christos _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
656 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
657 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
658 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
659 1.1 christos {
660 1.1 christos if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
661 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
662 1.1 christos _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
663 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
664 1.1 christos }
665 1.1 christos else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
666 1.1 christos {
667 1.1 christos if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
668 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
669 1.1 christos _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
670 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
671 1.1 christos }
672 1.1 christos #endif
673 1.1 christos break;
674 1.1 christos
675 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
676 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
677 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
678 1.1 christos _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
679 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
680 1.1 christos break;
681 1.1 christos
682 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
683 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
684 1.1 christos && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
685 1.1 christos || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
686 1.1 christos break;
687 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
688 1.1 christos
689 1.1 christos default:
690 1.1 christos *prevP = fixp;
691 1.1 christos prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
692 1.1 christos break;
693 1.1 christos }
694 1.1 christos }
695 1.1 christos
696 1.1 christos /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations. They are currently
697 1.1 christos linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
698 1.1 christos go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
699 1.1 christos once again.
700 1.1 christos
701 1.1 christos Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
702 1.1 christos number. In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
703 1.1 christos how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
704 1.1 christos get the relaxation correct.
705 1.6 christos
706 1.1 christos ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
707 1.1 christos we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
708 1.1 christos present. Not implemented.
709 1.1 christos
710 1.1 christos Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
711 1.1 christos in different segments. This can happen with "interesting" uses of
712 1.1 christos inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores. */
713 1.1 christos
714 1.1 christos for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
715 1.1 christos {
716 1.1 christos next = fixp->fx_next;
717 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
718 1.1 christos {
719 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
720 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
721 1.1 christos if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
722 1.1 christos break;
723 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
724 1.1 christos break;
725 1.1 christos else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
726 1.1 christos {
727 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
728 1.1 christos _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
729 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
730 1.1 christos (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
731 1.1 christos ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
732 1.1 christos break;
733 1.1 christos }
734 1.1 christos
735 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
736 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
737 1.1 christos fixp = fixp->fx_next;
738 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
739 1.1 christos
740 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
741 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
742 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
743 1.1 christos && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
744 1.1 christos {
745 1.1 christos for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
746 1.1 christos slave != (fixS *) 0;
747 1.1 christos slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
748 1.1 christos {
749 1.1 christos slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
750 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = slave;
751 1.1 christos }
752 1.1 christos }
753 1.1 christos break;
754 1.1 christos
755 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
756 1.1 christos if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
757 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
758 1.1 christos _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
759 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
760 1.1 christos else
761 1.1 christos {
762 1.1 christos slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
763 1.1 christos slave->fx_next = next;
764 1.1 christos fixp->fx_next = slave;
765 1.1 christos }
766 1.1 christos break;
767 1.1 christos
768 1.1 christos default:
769 1.1 christos break;
770 1.1 christos }
771 1.1 christos }
772 1.1 christos }
773 1.1 christos
774 1.1 christos /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
775 1.1 christos supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
776 1.1 christos relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations. */
777 1.1 christos
778 1.1 christos void
779 1.1 christos alpha_before_fix (void)
780 1.1 christos {
781 1.1 christos if (alpha_literal_hash)
782 1.1 christos bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
783 1.1 christos }
784 1.1 christos
785 1.1 christos #endif
786 1.1 christos
787 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
789 1.1 christos static void
790 1.1 christos debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
791 1.1 christos {
792 1.1 christos int i;
793 1.1 christos
794 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
795 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
796 1.1 christos {
797 1.1 christos expressionS *t = &tok[i];
798 1.1 christos const char *name;
799 1.1 christos
800 1.1 christos switch (t->X_op)
801 1.1 christos {
802 1.1 christos default: name = "unknown"; break;
803 1.1 christos case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
804 1.1 christos case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
805 1.1 christos case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
806 1.1 christos case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
807 1.1 christos case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
808 1.1 christos case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
809 1.1 christos case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
810 1.1 christos case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
811 1.1 christos case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
812 1.1 christos case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
813 1.1 christos case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
814 1.1 christos case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
815 1.1 christos case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
816 1.1 christos case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
817 1.1 christos case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
818 1.1 christos case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
819 1.1 christos case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
820 1.1 christos case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
821 1.1 christos case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
822 1.1 christos case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
823 1.1 christos case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
824 1.1 christos case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
825 1.1 christos case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
826 1.1 christos case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
827 1.1 christos case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
828 1.1 christos case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
829 1.1 christos case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
830 1.1 christos case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
831 1.1 christos case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
832 1.1 christos case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
833 1.1 christos case O_pregister: name = "O_pregister"; break;
834 1.1 christos case O_cpregister: name = "O_cpregister"; break;
835 1.1 christos case O_literal: name = "O_literal"; break;
836 1.1 christos case O_lituse_addr: name = "O_lituse_addr"; break;
837 1.1 christos case O_lituse_base: name = "O_lituse_base"; break;
838 1.1 christos case O_lituse_bytoff: name = "O_lituse_bytoff"; break;
839 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsr: name = "O_lituse_jsr"; break;
840 1.1 christos case O_lituse_tlsgd: name = "O_lituse_tlsgd"; break;
841 1.1 christos case O_lituse_tlsldm: name = "O_lituse_tlsldm"; break;
842 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsrdirect: name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect"; break;
843 1.1 christos case O_gpdisp: name = "O_gpdisp"; break;
844 1.1 christos case O_gprelhigh: name = "O_gprelhigh"; break;
845 1.1 christos case O_gprellow: name = "O_gprellow"; break;
846 1.1 christos case O_gprel: name = "O_gprel"; break;
847 1.1 christos case O_samegp: name = "O_samegp"; break;
848 1.1 christos case O_tlsgd: name = "O_tlsgd"; break;
849 1.1 christos case O_tlsldm: name = "O_tlsldm"; break;
850 1.1 christos case O_gotdtprel: name = "O_gotdtprel"; break;
851 1.1 christos case O_dtprelhi: name = "O_dtprelhi"; break;
852 1.1 christos case O_dtprello: name = "O_dtprello"; break;
853 1.1 christos case O_dtprel: name = "O_dtprel"; break;
854 1.1 christos case O_gottprel: name = "O_gottprel"; break;
855 1.1 christos case O_tprelhi: name = "O_tprelhi"; break;
856 1.1 christos case O_tprello: name = "O_tprello"; break;
857 1.1 christos case O_tprel: name = "O_tprel"; break;
858 1.1 christos }
859 1.1 christos
860 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
861 1.1 christos (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
862 1.1 christos (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
863 1.1 christos (int) t->X_add_number);
864 1.1 christos }
865 1.1 christos fprintf (stderr, "\n");
866 1.1 christos fflush (stderr);
867 1.1 christos }
868 1.1 christos #endif
869 1.1 christos
870 1.1 christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
871 1.1 christos
872 1.1 christos static int
873 1.1 christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
874 1.1 christos expressionS tok[],
875 1.1 christos int ntok)
876 1.1 christos {
877 1.1 christos expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
878 1.1 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
879 1.1 christos int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
880 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
881 1.1 christos expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
882 1.1 christos #endif
883 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
884 1.1 christos char *p;
885 1.1 christos const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
886 1.1 christos int c, i;
887 1.1 christos size_t len;
888 1.1 christos int reloc_found_p = 0;
889 1.1 christos #endif
890 1.1 christos
891 1.1 christos memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
892 1.1 christos
893 1.1 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
894 1.1 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
895 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = str;
896 1.1 christos
897 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
898 1.1 christos /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser. */
899 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
900 1.1 christos #endif
901 1.1 christos
902 1.1 christos while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
903 1.1 christos {
904 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
905 1.1 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
906 1.1 christos {
907 1.1 christos case '\0':
908 1.1 christos goto fini;
909 1.1 christos
910 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
911 1.1 christos case '!':
912 1.1 christos /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
913 1.1 christos assembly language statement, and has the following form:
914 1.1 christos !relocation_type!sequence_number. */
915 1.1 christos if (reloc_found_p)
916 1.1 christos {
917 1.1 christos /* Only support one relocation op per insn. */
918 1.1 christos as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
919 1.1 christos goto err_report;
920 1.3 christos }
921 1.1 christos
922 1.1 christos if (!saw_arg)
923 1.1 christos goto err;
924 1.1 christos
925 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
926 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
927 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
928 1.1 christos
929 1.1 christos /* Parse !relocation_type. */
930 1.1 christos len = input_line_pointer - p;
931 1.1 christos if (len == 0)
932 1.1 christos {
933 1.1 christos as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
934 1.1 christos goto err_report;
935 1.1 christos }
936 1.1 christos
937 1.1 christos r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
938 1.1 christos for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
939 1.1 christos if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
940 1.1 christos break;
941 1.3 christos if (i < 0)
942 1.1 christos {
943 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
944 1.1 christos goto err_report;
945 1.1 christos }
946 1.1 christos
947 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
948 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
949 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
950 1.1 christos {
951 1.1 christos if (r->require_seq)
952 1.1 christos {
953 1.1 christos as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
954 1.1 christos goto err_report;
955 1.1 christos }
956 1.1 christos
957 1.1 christos tok->X_add_number = 0;
958 1.1 christos }
959 1.1 christos else
960 1.1 christos {
961 1.1 christos if (! r->allow_seq)
962 1.1 christos {
963 1.1 christos as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
964 1.1 christos goto err_report;
965 1.1 christos }
966 1.1 christos
967 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
968 1.1 christos
969 1.1 christos /* Parse !sequence_number. */
970 1.1 christos expression (tok);
971 1.1 christos if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
972 1.1 christos {
973 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
974 1.1 christos r->name, input_line_pointer);
975 1.1 christos goto err_report;
976 1.1 christos }
977 1.1 christos }
978 1.1 christos
979 1.1 christos tok->X_op = r->op;
980 1.1 christos reloc_found_p = 1;
981 1.1 christos ++tok;
982 1.1 christos break;
983 1.1 christos #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
984 1.1 christos
985 1.1 christos case ',':
986 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
987 1.1 christos if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
988 1.1 christos goto err;
989 1.1 christos saw_comma = 1;
990 1.1 christos break;
991 1.1 christos
992 1.1 christos case '(':
993 1.1 christos {
994 1.1 christos char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
995 1.1 christos
996 1.1 christos /* First try for parenthesized register ... */
997 1.1 christos expression (tok);
998 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
999 1.1 christos {
1000 1.1 christos tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
1001 1.1 christos saw_comma = 0;
1002 1.1 christos saw_arg = 1;
1003 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1004 1.6 christos ++tok;
1005 1.1 christos break;
1006 1.1 christos }
1007 1.1 christos
1008 1.1 christos /* ... then fall through to plain expression. */
1009 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = hold;
1010 1.1 christos }
1011 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
1012 1.1 christos
1013 1.1 christos default:
1014 1.1 christos if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
1015 1.1 christos goto err;
1016 1.1 christos
1017 1.1 christos expression (tok);
1018 1.1 christos if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
1019 1.1 christos goto err;
1020 1.1 christos
1021 1.8 christos saw_comma = 0;
1022 1.1 christos saw_arg = 1;
1023 1.1 christos ++tok;
1024 1.1 christos break;
1025 1.1 christos }
1026 1.1 christos }
1027 1.1 christos
1028 1.1 christos fini:
1029 1.1 christos if (saw_comma)
1030 1.1 christos goto err;
1031 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1032 1.1 christos
1033 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
1034 1.1 christos debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
1035 1.8 christos #endif
1036 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1037 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1038 1.1 christos #endif
1039 1.1 christos
1040 1.1 christos return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
1041 1.1 christos
1042 1.1 christos err:
1043 1.8 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1044 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1045 1.1 christos #endif
1046 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1047 1.1 christos return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
1048 1.1 christos
1049 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1050 1.1 christos err_report:
1051 1.1 christos is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1052 1.1 christos #endif
1053 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1054 1.1 christos return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
1055 1.1 christos }
1056 1.1 christos
1057 1.1 christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1058 1.1 christos syntax match. */
1059 1.1 christos
1060 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_opcode *
1061 1.1 christos find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
1062 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
1063 1.1 christos int *pntok,
1064 1.1 christos int *pcpumatch)
1065 1.1 christos {
1066 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
1067 1.1 christos int ntok = *pntok;
1068 1.1 christos int got_cpu_match = 0;
1069 1.1 christos
1070 1.1 christos do
1071 1.1 christos {
1072 1.1 christos const unsigned char *opidx;
1073 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
1074 1.1 christos
1075 1.1 christos /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture. */
1076 1.1 christos if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
1077 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1078 1.1 christos
1079 1.1 christos got_cpu_match = 1;
1080 1.1 christos
1081 1.1 christos for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1082 1.1 christos {
1083 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
1084 1.1 christos
1085 1.1 christos /* Only take input from real operands. */
1086 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
1087 1.1 christos continue;
1088 1.1 christos
1089 1.1 christos /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1090 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
1091 1.1 christos {
1092 1.1 christos if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
1093 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1094 1.1 christos continue;
1095 1.1 christos }
1096 1.1 christos
1097 1.1 christos /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1098 1.1 christos switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1099 1.1 christos {
1100 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
1101 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1102 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1103 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1104 1.1 christos break;
1105 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
1106 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1107 1.1 christos || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1108 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1109 1.1 christos break;
1110 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
1111 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
1112 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1113 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1114 1.1 christos break;
1115 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
1116 1.1 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
1117 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1118 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1119 1.1 christos break;
1120 1.1 christos
1121 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
1122 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1123 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1124 1.1 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1125 1.1 christos {
1126 1.1 christos case O_illegal:
1127 1.1 christos case O_absent:
1128 1.1 christos case O_register:
1129 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
1130 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
1131 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
1132 1.1 christos
1133 1.1 christos default:
1134 1.1 christos break;
1135 1.1 christos }
1136 1.1 christos break;
1137 1.1 christos
1138 1.1 christos default:
1139 1.1 christos /* Everything else should have been fake. */
1140 1.1 christos abort ();
1141 1.1 christos }
1142 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
1143 1.1 christos }
1144 1.1 christos
1145 1.1 christos /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
1146 1.1 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
1147 1.1 christos {
1148 1.1 christos *pntok = ntok;
1149 1.1 christos return opcode;
1150 1.1 christos }
1151 1.1 christos
1152 1.1 christos match_failed:;
1153 1.1 christos }
1154 1.1 christos while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
1155 1.1 christos && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
1156 1.1 christos
1157 1.1 christos if (*pcpumatch)
1158 1.1 christos *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
1159 1.1 christos
1160 1.1 christos return NULL;
1161 1.1 christos }
1162 1.1 christos
1163 1.1 christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
1164 1.1 christos the insn, but do not emit it.
1165 1.1 christos
1166 1.1 christos Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
1167 1.1 christos than one insn in an insn structure. */
1168 1.1 christos
1169 1.1 christos static void
1170 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
1171 1.8 christos const expressionS *tok,
1172 1.8 christos int ntok,
1173 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn *insn)
1174 1.1 christos {
1175 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
1176 1.1 christos
1177 1.1 christos /* Search opcodes. */
1178 1.1 christos opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash,
1179 1.1 christos opname);
1180 1.1 christos if (opcode)
1181 1.1 christos {
1182 1.1 christos int cpumatch;
1183 1.1 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
1184 1.1 christos if (opcode)
1185 1.1 christos {
1186 1.1 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
1187 1.1 christos return;
1188 1.1 christos }
1189 1.1 christos else if (cpumatch)
1190 1.1 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
1191 1.1 christos else
1192 1.1 christos as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
1193 1.1 christos alpha_target_name);
1194 1.1 christos }
1195 1.1 christos else
1196 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
1197 1.1 christos }
1198 1.1 christos
1199 1.1 christos /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
1200 1.1 christos .lit8, or .lit4 sections. */
1201 1.1 christos
1202 1.1 christos static void
1203 1.1 christos create_literal_section (const char *name,
1204 1.1 christos segT *secp,
1205 1.1 christos symbolS **symp)
1206 1.7 christos {
1207 1.7 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
1208 1.7 christos int current_subsec = now_subseg;
1209 1.1 christos segT new_sec;
1210 1.1 christos
1211 1.1 christos *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
1212 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
1213 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (new_sec, 4);
1214 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (new_sec, (SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1215 1.1 christos | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA));
1216 1.1 christos
1217 1.1 christos S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
1218 1.1 christos }
1219 1.1 christos
1220 1.1 christos /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
1221 1.1 christos
1222 1.1 christos If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
1223 1.1 christos O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
1224 1.1 christos instruction. In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
1225 1.1 christos the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
1226 1.1 christos
1227 1.1 christos In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
1228 1.1 christos expression. This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
1229 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register. Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
1230 1.1 christos so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
1231 1.1 christos i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ". Odd, perhaps,
1232 1.1 christos but this is what OSF/1 does.
1233 1.1 christos
1234 1.1 christos If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
1235 1.1 christos and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
1236 1.1 christos
1237 1.1 christos Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
1238 1.1 christos a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
1239 1.1 christos sequence number to use. */
1240 1.1 christos
1241 1.1 christos static long
1242 1.1 christos load_expression (int targreg,
1243 1.1 christos const expressionS *exp,
1244 1.1 christos int *pbasereg,
1245 1.1 christos expressionS *poffset,
1246 1.1 christos const char *opname)
1247 1.1 christos {
1248 1.1 christos long emit_lituse = 0;
1249 1.1 christos offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
1250 1.1 christos int basereg = *pbasereg;
1251 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
1252 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
1253 1.1 christos
1254 1.1 christos switch (exp->X_op)
1255 1.1 christos {
1256 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
1257 1.1 christos {
1258 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1259 1.1 christos offsetT lit;
1260 1.1 christos
1261 1.1 christos /* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
1262 1.1 christos its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
1263 1.1 christos which we'd fail. */
1264 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
1265 1.1 christos (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
1266 1.1 christos {
1267 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
1268 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1269 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1270 1.1 christos }
1271 1.1 christos else
1272 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
1273 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1274 1.1 christos
1275 1.1 christos if (lit >= 0x8000)
1276 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1277 1.1 christos
1278 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)". */
1279 1.1 christos
1280 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1281 1.1 christos {
1282 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1283 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1284 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1285 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1286 1.1 christos
1287 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1288 1.1 christos }
1289 1.1 christos else
1290 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1291 1.1 christos
1292 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
1293 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1294 1.1 christos
1295 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1296 1.1 christos
1297 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1298 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1299 1.1 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1300 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
1301 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1302 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)". */
1303 1.1 christos
1304 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1305 1.1 christos {
1306 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1307 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1308 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1309 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1310 1.1 christos
1311 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1312 1.1 christos }
1313 1.1 christos else
1314 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1315 1.1 christos
1316 1.1 christos /* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
1317 1.1 christos better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler. This happens
1318 1.1 christos very infrequently anyway. */
1319 1.1 christos if (1
1320 1.1 christos || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
1321 1.1 christos && (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
1322 1.1 christos {
1323 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1324 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1325 1.1 christos }
1326 1.1 christos else
1327 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1328 1.1 christos
1329 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1330 1.1 christos
1331 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1332 1.1 christos
1333 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1334 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1335 1.1 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1336 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
1337 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1338 1.1 christos /* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section. */
1339 1.1 christos
1340 1.1 christos if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
1341 1.1 christos {
1342 1.1 christos /* Linkage-relative expression. */
1343 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1344 1.1 christos
1345 1.1 christos if (range_signed_16 (addend))
1346 1.1 christos {
1347 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
1348 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1349 1.1 christos }
1350 1.1 christos else
1351 1.1 christos {
1352 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
1353 1.1 christos }
1354 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1355 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
1356 1.1 christos }
1357 1.1 christos else
1358 1.1 christos {
1359 1.1 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
1360 1.1 christos const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
1361 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
1362 1.1 christos
1363 1.1 christos if ((symlen > 4 &&
1364 1.1 christos strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
1365 1.1 christos {
1366 1.1 christos /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
1367 1.1 christos section. Just read the address. */
1368 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1369 1.1 christos
1370 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1371 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
1372 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1373 1.1 christos
1374 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1375 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1376 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
1377 1.1 christos
1378 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1379 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1380 1.1 christos
1381 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
1382 1.1 christos {
1383 1.1 christos /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'. */
1384 1.5 christos char *ensymname;
1385 1.1 christos symbolS *ensym;
1386 1.1 christos
1387 1.1 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
1388 1.1 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1389 1.1 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1390 1.1 christos ptr1 = symname;
1391 1.5 christos ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
1392 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1393 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
1394 1.1 christos
1395 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1396 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
1397 1.1 christos ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
1398 1.1 christos free (ensymname);
1399 1.1 christos symbol_mark_used (ensym);
1400 1.1 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
1401 1.1 christos case in emit_jsrjmp. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
1402 1.1 christos Utility Manual. */
1403 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
1404 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
1405 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1406 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1407 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1408 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1409 1.1 christos
1410 1.1 christos /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
1411 1.1 christos too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc. */
1412 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
1413 1.1 christos }
1414 1.1 christos else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
1415 1.1 christos {
1416 1.1 christos /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'. */
1417 1.5 christos char *psymname;
1418 1.1 christos symbolS *psym;
1419 1.1 christos
1420 1.1 christos /* Extract NAME. */
1421 1.1 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1422 1.5 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1423 1.1 christos ptr1 = symname;
1424 1.1 christos psymname = xmemdup0 (ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1425 1.1 christos
1426 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1427 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
1428 1.1 christos psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
1429 1.1 christos free (psymname);
1430 1.1 christos symbol_mark_used (psym);
1431 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
1432 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
1433 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1434 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1435 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1436 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1437 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1438 1.1 christos }
1439 1.1 christos
1440 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1441 1.1 christos return 0;
1442 1.1 christos }
1443 1.1 christos else
1444 1.1 christos {
1445 1.1 christos /* Not in the linkage section. Put the value into the linkage
1446 1.1 christos section. */
1447 1.1 christos symbolS *linkexp;
1448 1.1 christos
1449 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1450 1.1 christos addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
1451 1.1 christos linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1452 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1453 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
1454 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1455 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1456 1.1 christos }
1457 1.1 christos }
1458 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
1459 1.1 christos
1460 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1461 1.1 christos
1462 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
1463 1.1 christos if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1464 1.1 christos {
1465 1.1 christos /* Emit "addq r, base, r". */
1466 1.1 christos
1467 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1468 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1469 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1470 1.1 christos }
1471 1.1 christos #endif
1472 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1473 1.1 christos }
1474 1.1 christos break;
1475 1.1 christos
1476 1.1 christos case O_constant:
1477 1.1 christos break;
1478 1.1 christos
1479 1.1 christos case O_subtract:
1480 1.1 christos /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
1481 1.1 christos absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */
1482 1.1 christos
1483 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1484 1.1 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1485 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1486 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
1487 1.1 christos
1488 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1489 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1490 1.1 christos return 0;
1491 1.1 christos
1492 1.1 christos case O_big:
1493 1.1 christos if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
1494 1.1 christos as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
1495 1.1 christos else
1496 1.1 christos as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
1497 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1498 1.1 christos break;
1499 1.1 christos
1500 1.1 christos default:
1501 1.1 christos as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
1502 1.1 christos addend = 0;
1503 1.1 christos break;
1504 1.1 christos }
1505 1.1 christos
1506 1.1 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1507 1.1 christos {
1508 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1509 1.1 christos symbolS *litexp;
1510 1.1 christos #else
1511 1.1 christos offsetT lit;
1512 1.1 christos long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
1513 1.1 christos #endif
1514 1.1 christos
1515 1.1 christos /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool. */
1516 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1517 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)". */
1518 1.1 christos litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
1519 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1520 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
1521 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1522 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
1523 1.1 christos #else
1524 1.1 christos
1525 1.1 christos if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
1526 1.1 christos {
1527 1.1 christos create_literal_section (".lit8",
1528 1.1 christos &alpha_lit8_section,
1529 1.1 christos &alpha_lit8_symbol);
1530 1.1 christos
1531 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1532 1.1 christos alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
1533 1.1 christos alpha_lita_section, 8);
1534 1.1 christos if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
1535 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1536 1.1 christos #endif
1537 1.1 christos }
1538 1.1 christos
1539 1.1 christos lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
1540 1.1 christos if (lit >= 0x8000)
1541 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
1542 1.1 christos
1543 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000". */
1544 1.1 christos
1545 1.1 christos if (targreg == basereg)
1546 1.1 christos {
1547 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
1548 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1549 1.1 christos if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1550 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1551 1.1 christos
1552 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1553 1.1 christos }
1554 1.1 christos else
1555 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1556 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1557 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
1558 1.1 christos #endif
1559 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1560 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
1561 1.1 christos #endif
1562 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1563 1.1 christos
1564 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1565 1.1 christos
1566 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1567 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1568 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1569 1.1 christos #endif
1570 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1571 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1572 1.1 christos #endif
1573 1.1 christos insn.sequence = seq_num;
1574 1.1 christos
1575 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1576 1.1 christos
1577 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)". */
1578 1.1 christos
1579 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
1580 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
1581 1.1 christos
1582 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1583 1.1 christos
1584 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1585 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
1586 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
1587 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
1588 1.1 christos insn.sequence = seq_num;
1589 1.1 christos emit_lituse = 0;
1590 1.1 christos
1591 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1592 1.1 christos
1593 1.1 christos /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target". */
1594 1.1 christos
1595 1.1 christos if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1596 1.1 christos {
1597 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1598 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1599 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1600 1.1 christos }
1601 1.1 christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
1602 1.1 christos
1603 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1604 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1605 1.1 christos *pbasereg = targreg;
1606 1.1 christos }
1607 1.1 christos else
1608 1.1 christos {
1609 1.1 christos offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
1610 1.1 christos
1611 1.1 christos /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend. */
1612 1.1 christos
1613 1.1 christos low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
1614 1.1 christos tmp = addend - low;
1615 1.1 christos high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1616 1.1 christos
1617 1.1 christos if (tmp - (high << 16))
1618 1.1 christos {
1619 1.1 christos extra = 0x4000;
1620 1.1 christos tmp -= 0x40000000;
1621 1.1 christos high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1622 1.1 christos }
1623 1.1 christos else
1624 1.1 christos extra = 0;
1625 1.1 christos
1626 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1627 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1628 1.1 christos
1629 1.1 christos if (extra)
1630 1.1 christos {
1631 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r). */
1632 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
1633 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1634 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
1635 1.1 christos }
1636 1.1 christos
1637 1.1 christos if (high)
1638 1.1 christos {
1639 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldah r, high(r). */
1640 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
1641 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1642 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1643 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1644 1.1 christos }
1645 1.1 christos
1646 1.1 christos if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
1647 1.1 christos {
1648 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda r, low(base)". */
1649 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
1650 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
1651 1.1 christos basereg = targreg;
1652 1.1 christos low = 0;
1653 1.1 christos }
1654 1.1 christos
1655 1.1 christos if (poffset)
1656 1.1 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
1657 1.1 christos *pbasereg = basereg;
1658 1.1 christos }
1659 1.1 christos
1660 1.1 christos return emit_lituse;
1661 1.1 christos }
1662 1.1 christos
1663 1.1 christos /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
1664 1.1 christos most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
1665 1.1 christos large constants. */
1666 1.1 christos
1667 1.1 christos static void
1668 1.1 christos emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
1669 1.1 christos int ntok,
1670 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1671 1.1 christos {
1672 1.1 christos int basereg;
1673 1.1 christos
1674 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
1675 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
1676 1.1 christos else
1677 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
1678 1.1 christos
1679 1.1 christos (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
1680 1.1 christos }
1681 1.1 christos
1682 1.1 christos /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
1683 1.1 christos as an implied base register. */
1684 1.1 christos
1685 1.1 christos static void
1686 1.1 christos emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
1687 1.1 christos int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1688 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1689 1.1 christos {
1690 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
1691 1.1 christos
1692 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
1693 1.1 christos newtok[1] = tok[1];
1694 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
1695 1.1 christos
1696 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1697 1.1 christos }
1698 1.1 christos
1699 1.1 christos /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs. This takes care
1700 1.1 christos of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
1701 1.1 christos says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
1702 1.1 christos feature wrt labels. */
1703 1.1 christos
1704 1.1 christos static void
1705 1.1 christos alpha_align (int n,
1706 1.1 christos char *pfill,
1707 1.1 christos symbolS *label,
1708 1.1 christos int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1709 1.1 christos {
1710 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align >= n)
1711 1.1 christos return;
1712 1.1 christos
1713 1.1 christos if (pfill == NULL)
1714 1.1 christos {
1715 1.1 christos if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
1716 1.1 christos frag_align_code (n, 0);
1717 1.1 christos else
1718 1.1 christos frag_align (n, 0, 0);
1719 1.1 christos }
1720 1.1 christos else
1721 1.1 christos frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
1722 1.1 christos
1723 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = n;
1724 1.1 christos
1725 1.1 christos if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
1726 1.1 christos {
1727 1.1 christos symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
1728 1.1 christos S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
1729 1.1 christos }
1730 1.1 christos
1731 1.1 christos record_alignment (now_seg, n);
1732 1.1 christos
1733 1.1 christos /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
1734 1.1 christos in a reloc for the linker to see. */
1735 1.1 christos }
1736 1.1 christos
1737 1.1 christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1738 1.1 christos
1739 1.1 christos static void
1740 1.1 christos emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
1741 1.1 christos {
1742 1.1 christos char *f;
1743 1.1 christos int i;
1744 1.1 christos
1745 1.1 christos /* Take care of alignment duties. */
1746 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
1747 1.1 christos alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
1748 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > 2)
1749 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 2;
1750 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
1751 1.1 christos
1752 1.1 christos /* Write out the instruction. */
1753 1.1 christos f = frag_more (4);
1754 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
1755 1.1 christos
1756 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1757 1.1 christos dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1758 1.1 christos #endif
1759 1.1 christos
1760 1.1 christos /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1761 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
1762 1.1 christos {
1763 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
1764 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1765 1.1 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
1766 1.1 christos int size, pcrel;
1767 1.1 christos fixS *fixP;
1768 1.1 christos
1769 1.1 christos /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto. */
1770 1.1 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1771 1.1 christos {
1772 1.1 christos operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
1773 1.1 christos size = 4;
1774 1.1 christos pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
1775 1.1 christos }
1776 1.1 christos else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
1777 1.1 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
1778 1.1 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
1779 1.1 christos {
1780 1.1 christos size = 2;
1781 1.1 christos pcrel = 0;
1782 1.1 christos }
1783 1.1 christos else
1784 1.1 christos {
1785 1.1 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1786 1.1 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1787 1.1 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1788 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1789 1.1 christos
1790 1.1 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
1791 1.1 christos
1792 1.1 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1793 1.1 christos {
1794 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1795 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1796 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1797 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1798 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1799 1.1 christos break;
1800 1.1 christos #endif
1801 1.1 christos default:
1802 1.1 christos gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
1803 1.1 christos }
1804 1.1 christos
1805 1.1 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1806 1.1 christos }
1807 1.1 christos
1808 1.1 christos fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
1809 1.1 christos &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1810 1.1 christos
1811 1.1 christos /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
1812 1.1 christos and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations. */
1813 1.1 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1814 1.1 christos {
1815 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
1816 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
1817 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
1818 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
1819 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
1820 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
1821 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
1822 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
1823 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
1824 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
1825 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
1826 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
1827 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
1828 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1829 1.1 christos break;
1830 1.1 christos
1831 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
1832 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1833 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1834 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = 0;
1835 1.1 christos
1836 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1837 1.1 christos if (++info->n_master > 1)
1838 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1839 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1840 1.1 christos as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1841 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1842 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1843 1.1 christos break;
1844 1.1 christos
1845 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
1846 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1847 1.1 christos
1848 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1849 1.1 christos if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1850 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1851 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1852 1.1 christos as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1853 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1854 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1855 1.1 christos info->slaves = fixP;
1856 1.1 christos break;
1857 1.1 christos
1858 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
1859 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
1860 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1861 1.1 christos
1862 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1863 1.1 christos break;
1864 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1865 1.1 christos info->master = fixP;
1866 1.1 christos info->n_master++;
1867 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1868 1.1 christos info->multi_section_p = 1;
1869 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1870 1.1 christos break;
1871 1.1 christos
1872 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1873 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
1874 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
1875 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1876 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
1877 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
1878 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1879 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
1880 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
1881 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1882 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
1883 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
1884 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1885 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
1886 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
1887 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1888 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
1889 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
1890 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1891 1.1 christos case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
1892 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
1893 1.1 christos goto do_lituse;
1894 1.1 christos do_lituse:
1895 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1896 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
1897 1.1 christos
1898 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1899 1.1 christos if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
1900 1.1 christos info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
1901 1.1 christos else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
1902 1.1 christos info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
1903 1.1 christos if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1904 1.1 christos {
1905 1.1 christos if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
1906 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
1907 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1908 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
1909 1.1 christos as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
1910 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1911 1.1 christos }
1912 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1913 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
1914 1.1 christos info->slaves = fixP;
1915 1.1 christos if (info->segment != now_seg)
1916 1.1 christos info->multi_section_p = 1;
1917 1.1 christos break;
1918 1.1 christos
1919 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
1920 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1921 1.1 christos
1922 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1923 1.1 christos break;
1924 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1925 1.1 christos if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1926 1.1 christos as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1927 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1928 1.1 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
1929 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1930 1.1 christos else
1931 1.1 christos info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
1932 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1933 1.1 christos break;
1934 1.1 christos
1935 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
1936 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1937 1.1 christos
1938 1.1 christos if (insn->sequence == 0)
1939 1.1 christos break;
1940 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1941 1.1 christos if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1942 1.1 christos as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1943 1.1 christos else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1944 1.1 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
1945 1.1 christos insn->sequence);
1946 1.1 christos else
1947 1.1 christos info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
1948 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1949 1.1 christos break;
1950 1.1 christos #endif
1951 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1952 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1953 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1954 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1955 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1956 1.1 christos info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
1957 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1958 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
1959 1.1 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
1960 1.1 christos break;
1961 1.1 christos #endif
1962 1.1 christos
1963 1.1 christos default:
1964 1.1 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1965 1.1 christos {
1966 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
1967 1.1 christos fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1968 1.1 christos }
1969 1.1 christos break;
1970 1.1 christos }
1971 1.1 christos }
1972 1.1 christos }
1973 1.5 christos
1974 1.1 christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
1975 1.1 christos
1976 1.8 christos static unsigned
1977 1.1 christos insert_operand (unsigned insn,
1978 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand,
1979 1.1 christos offsetT val,
1980 1.1 christos const char *file,
1981 1.1 christos unsigned line)
1982 1.1 christos {
1983 1.1 christos if (!(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
1984 1.1 christos {
1985 1.1 christos offsetT min, max;
1986 1.1 christos
1987 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1988 1.1 christos {
1989 1.1 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1990 1.1 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1991 1.1 christos }
1992 1.1 christos else
1993 1.1 christos {
1994 1.1 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
1995 1.1 christos min = 0;
1996 1.1 christos }
1997 1.1 christos
1998 1.1 christos if (val < min || val > max)
1999 1.1 christos as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
2000 1.1 christos }
2001 1.1 christos
2002 1.1 christos if (operand->insert)
2003 1.1 christos {
2004 1.1 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2005 1.1 christos
2006 1.1 christos insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2007 1.1 christos if (errmsg)
2008 1.1 christos as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
2009 1.1 christos }
2010 1.1 christos else
2011 1.1 christos insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2012 1.1 christos
2013 1.1 christos return insn;
2014 1.1 christos }
2015 1.1 christos
2016 1.1 christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
2017 1.1 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
2018 1.1 christos
2019 1.1 christos static void
2020 1.1 christos assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
2021 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
2022 1.1 christos int ntok,
2023 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn *insn,
2024 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2025 1.1 christos {
2026 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
2027 1.1 christos const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
2028 1.1 christos const unsigned char *argidx;
2029 1.1 christos unsigned image;
2030 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
2031 1.1 christos
2032 1.1 christos memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
2033 1.1 christos image = opcode->opcode;
2034 1.1 christos
2035 1.1 christos for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
2036 1.1 christos {
2037 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
2038 1.1 christos const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
2039 1.1 christos
2040 1.1 christos if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
2041 1.1 christos {
2042 1.1 christos /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup. */
2043 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
2044 1.1 christos continue;
2045 1.1 christos }
2046 1.1 christos
2047 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
2048 1.1 christos {
2049 1.1 christos switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
2050 1.1 christos {
2051 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
2052 1.1 christos t = &tok[0];
2053 1.1 christos break;
2054 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
2055 1.1 christos t = &tok[1];
2056 1.1 christos break;
2057 1.1 christos case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
2058 1.1 christos {
2059 1.1 christos static expressionS zero_exp;
2060 1.1 christos t = &zero_exp;
2061 1.1 christos zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
2062 1.1 christos zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
2063 1.1 christos }
2064 1.1 christos break;
2065 1.1 christos default:
2066 1.1 christos abort ();
2067 1.1 christos }
2068 1.1 christos }
2069 1.1 christos else
2070 1.1 christos t = &tok[tokidx++];
2071 1.1 christos
2072 1.1 christos switch (t->X_op)
2073 1.1 christos {
2074 1.1 christos case O_register:
2075 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
2076 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
2077 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
2078 1.1 christos NULL, 0);
2079 1.1 christos break;
2080 1.1 christos
2081 1.1 christos case O_constant:
2082 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
2083 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2084 1.1 christos reloc_operand = operand;
2085 1.1 christos reloc_exp = t;
2086 1.1 christos break;
2087 1.1 christos
2088 1.1 christos default:
2089 1.1 christos /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
2090 1.1 christos which means this pattern shouldn't have matched. */
2091 1.1 christos if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
2092 1.1 christos abort ();
2093 1.1 christos
2094 1.1 christos /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
2095 1.1 christos relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
2096 1.1 christos override the operand reloc. */
2097 1.1 christos if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
2098 1.1 christos {
2099 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2100 1.1 christos
2101 1.1 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2102 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2103 1.1 christos
2104 1.1 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2105 1.1 christos fixup->exp = *t;
2106 1.1 christos fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
2107 1.1 christos }
2108 1.1 christos else
2109 1.1 christos {
2110 1.1 christos if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2111 1.1 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
2112 1.1 christos
2113 1.1 christos gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2114 1.1 christos reloc_operand = operand;
2115 1.1 christos reloc_exp = t;
2116 1.1 christos }
2117 1.1 christos break;
2118 1.1 christos }
2119 1.1 christos }
2120 1.1 christos
2121 1.1 christos if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2122 1.1 christos {
2123 1.1 christos struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2124 1.1 christos
2125 1.1 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2126 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2127 1.1 christos
2128 1.1 christos /* ??? My but this is hacky. But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
2129 1.1 christos relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp. Choose the
2130 1.1 christos correct internal relocation based on the opcode. */
2131 1.1 christos if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
2132 1.1 christos {
2133 1.1 christos if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
2134 1.1 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2135 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
2136 1.3 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
2137 1.1 christos else
2138 1.1 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
2139 1.1 christos }
2140 1.1 christos
2141 1.1 christos /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
2142 1.1 christos the relocation width should match the operand width.
2143 1.1 christos Take care of -MDISP in operand table. */
2144 1.1 christos else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
2145 1.1 christos {
2146 1.1 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
2147 1.1 christos = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
2148 1.1 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
2149 1.1 christos if (reloc_operand == NULL
2150 1.1 christos || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
2151 1.1 christos {
2152 1.1 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
2153 1.1 christos return;
2154 1.1 christos }
2155 1.1 christos }
2156 1.1 christos
2157 1.1 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2158 1.1 christos if (reloc_exp)
2159 1.1 christos fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
2160 1.1 christos else
2161 1.1 christos fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
2162 1.1 christos fixup->reloc = reloc;
2163 1.1 christos }
2164 1.1 christos
2165 1.1 christos insn->insn = image;
2166 1.1 christos }
2167 1.1 christos
2168 1.1 christos /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
2169 1.1 christos etc. They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
2170 1.1 christos expressions like the lda macro. */
2171 1.1 christos
2172 1.1 christos static void
2173 1.1 christos emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
2174 1.1 christos int ntok,
2175 1.1 christos const void * opname)
2176 1.1 christos {
2177 1.1 christos int basereg;
2178 1.1 christos long lituse;
2179 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2180 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2181 1.1 christos const char *symname
2182 1.1 christos = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
2183 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2184 1.1 christos
2185 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2186 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2187 1.1 christos else
2188 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2189 1.3 christos
2190 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
2191 1.1 christos &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2192 1.1 christos
2193 1.1 christos if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
2194 1.1 christos (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
2195 1.1 christos return;
2196 1.1 christos
2197 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2198 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2199 1.1 christos
2200 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2201 1.1 christos
2202 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2203 1.1 christos {
2204 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2205 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2206 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2207 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2208 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2209 1.1 christos }
2210 1.1 christos
2211 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2212 1.1 christos }
2213 1.1 christos
2214 1.1 christos /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
2215 1.1 christos Again, we handle simple expressions. */
2216 1.1 christos
2217 1.1 christos static void
2218 1.1 christos emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
2219 1.1 christos int ntok,
2220 1.1 christos const void * opname)
2221 1.1 christos {
2222 1.1 christos int basereg;
2223 1.1 christos long lituse;
2224 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2225 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2226 1.1 christos
2227 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2228 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2229 1.1 christos else
2230 1.3 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2231 1.1 christos
2232 1.1 christos if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
2233 1.1 christos {
2234 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2235 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2236 1.1 christos
2237 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
2238 1.1 christos &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2239 1.1 christos }
2240 1.1 christos else
2241 1.1 christos {
2242 1.1 christos newtok[1] = tok[1];
2243 1.1 christos lituse = 0;
2244 1.1 christos }
2245 1.1 christos
2246 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2247 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2248 1.1 christos
2249 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2250 1.1 christos
2251 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2252 1.1 christos {
2253 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2254 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2255 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2256 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2257 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2258 1.1 christos }
2259 1.1 christos
2260 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2261 1.1 christos }
2262 1.1 christos
2263 1.1 christos /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value. */
2264 1.1 christos
2265 1.1 christos static void
2266 1.1 christos emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2267 1.1 christos int ntok,
2268 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2269 1.1 christos {
2270 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2271 1.1 christos emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
2272 1.1 christos else
2273 1.1 christos {
2274 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2275 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2276 1.1 christos int basereg;
2277 1.1 christos long lituse;
2278 1.1 christos
2279 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2280 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2281 1.1 christos
2282 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2283 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2284 1.1 christos ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2285 1.1 christos else
2286 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2287 1.1 christos
2288 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2289 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2290 1.1 christos
2291 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)". */
2292 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2293 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2294 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2295 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2296 1.1 christos
2297 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2298 1.1 christos {
2299 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2300 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2301 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2302 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2303 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2304 1.1 christos }
2305 1.1 christos
2306 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2307 1.1 christos
2308 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ". */
2309 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2310 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2311 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2312 1.1 christos
2313 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2314 1.1 christos {
2315 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2316 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2317 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2318 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2319 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2320 1.1 christos }
2321 1.1 christos
2322 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2323 1.1 christos }
2324 1.1 christos }
2325 1.1 christos
2326 1.1 christos /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value. */
2327 1.1 christos
2328 1.1 christos static void
2329 1.1 christos emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
2330 1.1 christos int ntok,
2331 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2332 1.1 christos {
2333 1.1 christos emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2334 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2335 1.1 christos }
2336 1.1 christos
2337 1.1 christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
2338 1.1 christos value. */
2339 1.1 christos
2340 1.1 christos static void
2341 1.1 christos emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2342 1.1 christos int ntok,
2343 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2344 1.1 christos {
2345 1.1 christos long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2346 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2347 1.1 christos
2348 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2349 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2350 1.1 christos
2351 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2352 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2353 1.1 christos newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2354 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2355 1.1 christos
2356 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2357 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2358 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2359 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2360 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2361 1.1 christos
2362 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2363 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2364 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2365 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2366 1.1 christos
2367 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2368 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2369 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2370 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2371 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2372 1.1 christos
2373 1.1 christos /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2374 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2375 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2376 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2377 1.1 christos
2378 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ". */
2379 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2380 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2381 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[0];
2382 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2383 1.1 christos }
2384 1.1 christos
2385 1.1 christos /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
2386 1.1 christos Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
2387 1.1 christos don't have to do the sign extension. */
2388 1.1 christos
2389 1.1 christos static void
2390 1.1 christos emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
2391 1.1 christos int ntok,
2392 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2393 1.1 christos {
2394 1.1 christos emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2395 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2396 1.1 christos }
2397 1.1 christos
2398 1.1 christos /* Implement the ldil macro. */
2399 1.1 christos
2400 1.1 christos static void
2401 1.1 christos emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
2402 1.1 christos int ntok,
2403 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2404 1.1 christos {
2405 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[2];
2406 1.1 christos
2407 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
2408 1.1 christos newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
2409 1.1 christos
2410 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2411 1.1 christos }
2412 1.1 christos
2413 1.1 christos /* Store a half-word or byte. */
2414 1.1 christos
2415 1.1 christos static void
2416 1.1 christos emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
2417 1.1 christos int ntok,
2418 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2419 1.1 christos {
2420 1.1 christos int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2421 1.1 christos
2422 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2423 1.1 christos emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
2424 1.1 christos else
2425 1.1 christos {
2426 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2427 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2428 1.1 christos int basereg;
2429 1.1 christos long lituse;
2430 1.1 christos
2431 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2432 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2433 1.1 christos
2434 1.1 christos if (ntok == 2)
2435 1.1 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2436 1.1 christos ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2437 1.1 christos else
2438 1.1 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2439 1.1 christos
2440 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2441 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2442 1.1 christos
2443 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2444 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2445 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2446 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2447 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2448 1.1 christos
2449 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2450 1.1 christos {
2451 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2452 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2453 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2454 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2455 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2456 1.1 christos }
2457 1.1 christos
2458 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2459 1.1 christos
2460 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10". */
2461 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2462 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2463 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2464 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2465 1.1 christos
2466 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2467 1.1 christos {
2468 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2469 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2470 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2471 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2472 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2473 1.1 christos }
2474 1.1 christos
2475 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2476 1.1 christos
2477 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2478 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2479 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2480 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2481 1.1 christos
2482 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2483 1.1 christos {
2484 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2485 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2486 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2487 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2488 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2489 1.1 christos }
2490 1.1 christos
2491 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2492 1.1 christos
2493 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9". */
2494 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2495 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2496 1.1 christos
2497 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at). */
2498 1.1 christos set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
2499 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2500 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2501 1.1 christos
2502 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2503 1.1 christos {
2504 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2505 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2506 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2507 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2508 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2509 1.1 christos }
2510 1.1 christos
2511 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2512 1.1 christos }
2513 1.1 christos }
2514 1.1 christos
2515 1.1 christos /* Store an integer to an unaligned address. */
2516 1.1 christos
2517 1.1 christos static void
2518 1.1 christos emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
2519 1.1 christos int ntok,
2520 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2521 1.1 christos {
2522 1.1 christos int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2523 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2524 1.1 christos
2525 1.1 christos /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2526 1.1 christos memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2527 1.1 christos newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2528 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2529 1.1 christos
2530 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)". */
2531 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2532 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2533 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2534 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2535 1.1 christos
2536 1.1 christos /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)". */
2537 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2538 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2539 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2540 1.1 christos
2541 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11". */
2542 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2543 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2544 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
2545 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2546 1.1 christos
2547 1.1 christos /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12". */
2548 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
2549 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2550 1.1 christos
2551 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2552 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2553 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2554 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2555 1.1 christos
2556 1.1 christos /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2557 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2558 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2559 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2560 1.1 christos
2561 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9". */
2562 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2563 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2564 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2565 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2566 1.1 christos
2567 1.1 christos /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10". */
2568 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2569 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
2570 1.1 christos newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2571 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2572 1.1 christos
2573 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2574 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2575 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2576 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2577 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2578 1.1 christos
2579 1.1 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2580 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2581 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2582 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2583 1.1 christos }
2584 1.1 christos
2585 1.1 christos /* Sign extend a half-word or byte. The 32-bit sign extend is
2586 1.1 christos implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table. */
2587 1.1 christos
2588 1.1 christos static void
2589 1.1 christos emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
2590 1.1 christos int ntok,
2591 1.1 christos const void * vlgsize)
2592 1.1 christos {
2593 1.1 christos long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2594 1.1 christos
2595 1.1 christos if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2596 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
2597 1.1 christos else
2598 1.1 christos {
2599 1.1 christos int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
2600 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2601 1.1 christos
2602 1.1 christos /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst". */
2603 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2604 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
2605 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
2606 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
2607 1.1 christos
2608 1.1 christos /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst". */
2609 1.1 christos newtok[0] = newtok[2];
2610 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
2611 1.1 christos }
2612 1.1 christos }
2613 1.1 christos
2614 1.1 christos /* Implement the division and modulus macros. */
2615 1.1 christos
2616 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2617 1.1 christos
2618 1.1 christos /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
2619 1.1 christos Don't clobber PV and RA. */
2620 1.1 christos
2621 1.1 christos static void
2622 1.1 christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2623 1.1 christos int ntok,
2624 1.1 christos const void * symname)
2625 1.1 christos {
2626 1.1 christos /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2627 1.1 christos
2628 1.1 christos Convert
2629 1.1 christos OP x,y,result
2630 1.1 christos to
2631 1.1 christos mov x,R16 # if x != R16
2632 1.1 christos mov y,R17 # if y != R17
2633 1.1 christos lda AT,__OP
2634 1.1 christos jsr AT,(AT),0
2635 1.1 christos mov R0,result
2636 1.1 christos
2637 1.1 christos with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
2638 1.1 christos specified by the compiler. */
2639 1.1 christos
2640 1.1 christos int xr, yr, rr;
2641 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
2642 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2643 1.1 christos
2644 1.1 christos xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2645 1.1 christos yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2646 1.1 christos
2647 1.1 christos if (ntok < 3)
2648 1.1 christos rr = xr;
2649 1.1 christos else
2650 1.1 christos rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2651 1.1 christos
2652 1.1 christos /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2653 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
2654 1.1 christos {
2655 1.1 christos /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2656 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2657 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2658 1.1 christos
2659 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2660 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2661 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2662 1.1 christos
2663 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
2664 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2665 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2666 1.1 christos
2667 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2668 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2669 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2670 1.1 christos }
2671 1.1 christos else
2672 1.1 christos {
2673 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
2674 1.1 christos {
2675 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2676 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2677 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2678 1.1 christos }
2679 1.1 christos
2680 1.1 christos if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
2681 1.1 christos {
2682 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2683 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2684 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2685 1.1 christos }
2686 1.1 christos
2687 1.1 christos if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
2688 1.1 christos {
2689 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2690 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2691 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2692 1.1 christos }
2693 1.1 christos }
2694 1.1 christos
2695 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2696 1.1 christos
2697 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2698 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2699 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
2700 1.1 christos
2701 1.1 christos /* Call the division routine. */
2702 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2703 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2704 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2705 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
2706 1.1 christos
2707 1.1 christos /* Move the result to the right place. */
2708 1.1 christos if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
2709 1.1 christos {
2710 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
2711 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2712 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2713 1.1 christos }
2714 1.1 christos }
2715 1.1 christos
2716 1.1 christos #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2717 1.1 christos
2718 1.1 christos static void
2719 1.1 christos emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2720 1.1 christos int ntok,
2721 1.1 christos const void * symname)
2722 1.1 christos {
2723 1.1 christos /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2724 1.1 christos Convert
2725 1.1 christos OP x,y,result
2726 1.1 christos to
2727 1.1 christos lda pv,__OP
2728 1.1 christos mov x,t10
2729 1.1 christos mov y,t11
2730 1.1 christos jsr t9,(pv),__OP
2731 1.1 christos mov t12,result
2732 1.1 christos
2733 1.1 christos with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
2734 1.1 christos specified by the compiler. */
2735 1.1 christos
2736 1.1 christos int xr, yr, rr;
2737 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
2738 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2739 1.1 christos
2740 1.1 christos xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2741 1.1 christos yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2742 1.1 christos
2743 1.1 christos if (ntok < 3)
2744 1.1 christos rr = xr;
2745 1.1 christos else
2746 1.1 christos rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2747 1.1 christos
2748 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2749 1.1 christos
2750 1.1 christos /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2751 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
2752 1.1 christos {
2753 1.1 christos /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2754 1.1 christos if (alpha_noat_on)
2755 1.1 christos as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2756 1.1 christos
2757 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2758 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2759 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2760 1.1 christos
2761 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
2762 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2763 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2764 1.1 christos
2765 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2766 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2767 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2768 1.1 christos }
2769 1.1 christos else
2770 1.1 christos {
2771 1.1 christos if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
2772 1.1 christos {
2773 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2774 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2775 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2776 1.1 christos }
2777 1.1 christos
2778 1.1 christos if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
2779 1.1 christos {
2780 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2781 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2782 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2783 1.1 christos }
2784 1.1 christos
2785 1.1 christos if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
2786 1.1 christos {
2787 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2788 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2789 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2790 1.1 christos }
2791 1.1 christos }
2792 1.1 christos
2793 1.1 christos /* Call the division routine. */
2794 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2795 1.1 christos set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2796 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
2797 1.1 christos
2798 1.1 christos /* Reload the GP register. */
2799 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2800 1.1 christos FIXME
2801 1.1 christos #endif
2802 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2803 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
2804 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2805 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2806 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
2807 1.1 christos #endif
2808 1.1 christos
2809 1.1 christos /* Move the result to the right place. */
2810 1.1 christos if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
2811 1.1 christos {
2812 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
2813 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2814 1.1 christos assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2815 1.1 christos }
2816 1.1 christos }
2817 1.1 christos
2818 1.1 christos #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2819 1.1 christos
2820 1.1 christos /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
2821 1.1 christos in that they can load the target address and default most
2822 1.1 christos everything. */
2823 1.1 christos
2824 1.1 christos static void
2825 1.1 christos emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
2826 1.1 christos int ntok,
2827 1.1 christos const void * vopname)
2828 1.1 christos {
2829 1.1 christos const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2830 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2831 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2832 1.1 christos int r, tokidx = 0;
2833 1.1 christos long lituse = 0;
2834 1.1 christos
2835 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2836 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2837 1.1 christos else
2838 1.1 christos r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
2839 1.1 christos
2840 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2841 1.1 christos
2842 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok &&
2843 1.1 christos (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2844 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2845 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2846 1.1 christos /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>. */
2847 1.1 christos #else
2848 1.1 christos else
2849 1.1 christos {
2850 1.1 christos int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
2851 1.1 christos lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
2852 1.1 christos &basereg, NULL, opname);
2853 1.1 christos }
2854 1.1 christos #endif
2855 1.1 christos
2856 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2857 1.1 christos
2858 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
2859 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok)
2860 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2861 1.1 christos else
2862 1.1 christos #endif
2863 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2864 1.1 christos
2865 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2866 1.1 christos
2867 1.1 christos if (lituse)
2868 1.1 christos {
2869 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2870 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
2871 1.1 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2872 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2873 1.1 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2874 1.1 christos }
2875 1.1 christos
2876 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2877 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_replace
2878 1.1 christos && r == AXP_REG_RA
2879 1.1 christos && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
2880 1.1 christos && alpha_linkage_symbol)
2881 1.5 christos {
2882 1.1 christos /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'. */
2883 1.1 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
2884 1.1 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2885 1.1 christos char *ensymname;
2886 1.1 christos
2887 1.1 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
2888 1.1 christos ensymname = XNEWVEC (char, symlen + 5);
2889 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
2890 1.1 christos memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
2891 1.1 christos
2892 1.1 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2893 1.1 christos if (insn.nfixups > 0)
2894 1.1 christos {
2895 1.1 christos memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
2896 1.1 christos sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
2897 1.1 christos }
2898 1.1 christos
2899 1.1 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
2900 1.1 christos case in load_expression. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
2901 1.1 christos Linker Utility Manual. */
2902 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
2903 1.5 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
2904 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
2905 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
2906 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
2907 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
2908 1.1 christos insn.nfixups++;
2909 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
2910 1.1 christos free (ensymname);
2911 1.1 christos }
2912 1.1 christos #endif
2913 1.1 christos
2914 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2915 1.1 christos }
2916 1.1 christos
2917 1.1 christos /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
2918 1.1 christos counterparts in that everything can be defaulted. */
2919 1.1 christos
2920 1.1 christos static void
2921 1.1 christos emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
2922 1.1 christos int ntok,
2923 1.1 christos const void * vopname)
2924 1.1 christos {
2925 1.1 christos const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2926 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2927 1.1 christos int r, tokidx = 0;
2928 1.1 christos
2929 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2930 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2931 1.1 christos else
2932 1.1 christos r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
2933 1.1 christos
2934 1.1 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2935 1.1 christos
2936 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok &&
2937 1.1 christos (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2938 1.1 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2939 1.1 christos else
2940 1.1 christos r = AXP_REG_RA;
2941 1.1 christos
2942 1.1 christos set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2943 1.1 christos
2944 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok)
2945 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2946 1.1 christos else
2947 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
2948 1.1 christos
2949 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
2950 1.1 christos }
2951 1.1 christos
2952 1.1 christos /* Implement the ldgp macro. */
2953 1.1 christos
2954 1.1 christos static void
2955 1.1 christos emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2956 1.1 christos int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2957 1.1 christos const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2958 1.1 christos {
2959 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2960 1.1 christos FIXME
2961 1.1 christos #endif
2962 1.1 christos #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2963 1.1 christos /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
2964 1.1 christos with appropriate constants and relocations. */
2965 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
2966 1.1 christos expressionS newtok[3];
2967 1.1 christos expressionS addend;
2968 1.1 christos
2969 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2970 1.1 christos if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
2971 1.1 christos ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
2972 1.1 christos #endif
2973 1.1 christos
2974 1.1 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2975 1.1 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2976 1.1 christos newtok[2] = tok[2];
2977 1.1 christos
2978 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
2979 1.1 christos
2980 1.1 christos addend = tok[1];
2981 1.1 christos
2982 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2983 1.1 christos if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
2984 1.1 christos as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
2985 1.1 christos addend.X_op = O_symbol;
2986 1.1 christos addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
2987 1.1 christos #endif
2988 1.1 christos
2989 1.1 christos insn.nfixups = 1;
2990 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
2991 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2992 1.1 christos insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
2993 1.1 christos
2994 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2995 1.1 christos
2996 1.1 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
2997 1.1 christos
2998 1.1 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
2999 1.1 christos
3000 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3001 1.1 christos addend.X_add_number += 4;
3002 1.1 christos #endif
3003 1.1 christos
3004 1.1 christos insn.nfixups = 1;
3005 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
3006 1.1 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
3007 1.1 christos insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
3008 1.1 christos
3009 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
3010 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
3011 1.1 christos }
3012 1.1 christos
3013 1.1 christos /* The macro table. */
3014 1.1 christos
3015 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
3016 1.1 christos {
3017 1.1 christos /* Load/Store macros. */
3018 1.1 christos { "lda", emit_lda, NULL,
3019 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3020 1.1 christos { "ldah", emit_ldah, NULL,
3021 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3022 1.1 christos
3023 1.1 christos { "ldl", emit_ir_load, "ldl",
3024 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3025 1.1 christos { "ldl_l", emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
3026 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3027 1.1 christos { "ldq", emit_ir_load, "ldq",
3028 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3029 1.1 christos { "ldq_l", emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
3030 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3031 1.1 christos { "ldq_u", emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
3032 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3033 1.1 christos { "ldf", emit_loadstore, "ldf",
3034 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3035 1.1 christos { "ldg", emit_loadstore, "ldg",
3036 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3037 1.1 christos { "lds", emit_loadstore, "lds",
3038 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3039 1.1 christos { "ldt", emit_loadstore, "ldt",
3040 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3041 1.1 christos
3042 1.1 christos { "ldb", emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
3043 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3044 1.1 christos { "ldbu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
3045 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3046 1.1 christos { "ldw", emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
3047 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3048 1.1 christos { "ldwu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
3049 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3050 1.1 christos
3051 1.1 christos { "uldw", emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
3052 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3053 1.1 christos { "uldwu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
3054 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3055 1.1 christos { "uldl", emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
3056 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3057 1.1 christos { "uldlu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
3058 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3059 1.1 christos { "uldq", emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
3060 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3061 1.1 christos
3062 1.1 christos { "ldgp", emit_ldgp, NULL,
3063 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3064 1.1 christos
3065 1.1 christos { "ldi", emit_lda, NULL,
3066 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3067 1.1 christos { "ldil", emit_ldil, NULL,
3068 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3069 1.1 christos { "ldiq", emit_lda, NULL,
3070 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3071 1.1 christos
3072 1.1 christos { "stl", emit_loadstore, "stl",
3073 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3074 1.1 christos { "stl_c", emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
3075 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3076 1.1 christos { "stq", emit_loadstore, "stq",
3077 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3078 1.1 christos { "stq_c", emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
3079 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3080 1.1 christos { "stq_u", emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
3081 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3082 1.1 christos { "stf", emit_loadstore, "stf",
3083 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3084 1.1 christos { "stg", emit_loadstore, "stg",
3085 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3086 1.1 christos { "sts", emit_loadstore, "sts",
3087 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3088 1.1 christos { "stt", emit_loadstore, "stt",
3089 1.1 christos { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3090 1.1 christos
3091 1.1 christos { "stb", emit_stX, (void *) 0,
3092 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3093 1.1 christos { "stw", emit_stX, (void *) 1,
3094 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3095 1.1 christos { "ustw", emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
3096 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3097 1.1 christos { "ustl", emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
3098 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3099 1.1 christos { "ustq", emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
3100 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3101 1.1 christos
3102 1.1 christos /* Arithmetic macros. */
3103 1.1 christos
3104 1.1 christos { "sextb", emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
3105 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3106 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3107 1.1 christos /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3108 1.1 christos { "sextw", emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
3109 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3110 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3111 1.1 christos /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3112 1.1 christos
3113 1.1 christos { "divl", emit_division, "__divl",
3114 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3115 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3116 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3117 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3118 1.1 christos { "divlu", emit_division, "__divlu",
3119 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3120 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3121 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3122 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3123 1.1 christos { "divq", emit_division, "__divq",
3124 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3125 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3126 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3127 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3128 1.1 christos { "divqu", emit_division, "__divqu",
3129 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3130 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3131 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3132 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3133 1.1 christos { "reml", emit_division, "__reml",
3134 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3135 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3136 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3137 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3138 1.1 christos { "remlu", emit_division, "__remlu",
3139 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3140 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3141 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3142 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3143 1.1 christos { "remq", emit_division, "__remq",
3144 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3145 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3146 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3147 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3148 1.1 christos { "remqu", emit_division, "__remqu",
3149 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3150 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3151 1.1 christos /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3152 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3153 1.1 christos
3154 1.1 christos { "jsr", emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
3155 1.1 christos { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3156 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3157 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3158 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3159 1.1 christos { "jmp", emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
3160 1.1 christos { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3161 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3162 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3163 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3164 1.1 christos { "ret", emit_retjcr, "ret",
3165 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3166 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3167 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3168 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3169 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3170 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3171 1.1 christos { "jcr", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3172 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3173 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3174 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3175 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3176 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3177 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3178 1.1 christos { "jsr_coroutine", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3179 1.1 christos { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3180 1.1 christos MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3181 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3182 1.1 christos MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3183 1.1 christos MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3184 1.1 christos MACRO_EOA } },
3185 1.1 christos };
3186 1.1 christos
3187 1.1 christos static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
3188 1.1 christos = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
3189 1.1 christos
3190 1.1 christos /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
3191 1.1 christos match. */
3192 1.1 christos
3193 1.1 christos static const struct alpha_macro *
3194 1.1 christos find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
3195 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
3196 1.1 christos int *pntok)
3197 1.1 christos
3198 1.1 christos {
3199 1.1 christos const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
3200 1.1 christos int ntok = *pntok;
3201 1.1 christos
3202 1.1 christos do
3203 1.1 christos {
3204 1.1 christos const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
3205 1.1 christos int tokidx = 0;
3206 1.1 christos
3207 1.1 christos while (*arg)
3208 1.1 christos {
3209 1.1 christos switch (*arg)
3210 1.1 christos {
3211 1.1 christos case MACRO_EOA:
3212 1.1 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
3213 1.1 christos return macro;
3214 1.1 christos else
3215 1.1 christos tokidx = 0;
3216 1.1 christos break;
3217 1.1 christos
3218 1.1 christos /* Index register. */
3219 1.1 christos case MACRO_IR:
3220 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3221 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3222 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3223 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3224 1.1 christos break;
3225 1.1 christos
3226 1.1 christos /* Parenthesized index register. */
3227 1.1 christos case MACRO_PIR:
3228 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
3229 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3230 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3231 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3232 1.1 christos break;
3233 1.1 christos
3234 1.1 christos /* Optional parenthesized index register. */
3235 1.1 christos case MACRO_OPIR:
3236 1.1 christos if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
3237 1.1 christos && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3238 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3239 1.1 christos break;
3240 1.1 christos
3241 1.1 christos /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register. */
3242 1.1 christos case MACRO_CPIR:
3243 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
3244 1.1 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3245 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3246 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3247 1.1 christos break;
3248 1.1 christos
3249 1.1 christos /* Floating point register. */
3250 1.1 christos case MACRO_FPR:
3251 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3252 1.1 christos || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3253 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3254 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3255 1.1 christos break;
3256 1.1 christos
3257 1.1 christos /* Normal expression. */
3258 1.1 christos case MACRO_EXP:
3259 1.1 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
3260 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3261 1.1 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
3262 1.1 christos {
3263 1.1 christos case O_illegal:
3264 1.1 christos case O_absent:
3265 1.1 christos case O_register:
3266 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
3267 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
3268 1.1 christos case O_literal:
3269 1.1 christos case O_lituse_base:
3270 1.1 christos case O_lituse_bytoff:
3271 1.1 christos case O_lituse_jsr:
3272 1.1 christos case O_gpdisp:
3273 1.1 christos case O_gprelhigh:
3274 1.1 christos case O_gprellow:
3275 1.1 christos case O_gprel:
3276 1.1 christos case O_samegp:
3277 1.1 christos goto match_failed;
3278 1.1 christos
3279 1.1 christos default:
3280 1.1 christos break;
3281 1.1 christos }
3282 1.1 christos ++tokidx;
3283 1.1 christos break;
3284 1.1 christos
3285 1.1 christos match_failed:
3286 1.1 christos while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
3287 1.1 christos ++arg;
3288 1.1 christos tokidx = 0;
3289 1.1 christos break;
3290 1.1 christos }
3291 1.1 christos ++arg;
3292 1.1 christos }
3293 1.1 christos }
3294 1.1 christos while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
3295 1.1 christos && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
3296 1.1 christos
3297 1.1 christos return NULL;
3298 1.1 christos }
3299 1.1 christos
3300 1.1 christos /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
3301 1.1 christos opcode all the way through emission. */
3302 1.1 christos
3303 1.1 christos static void
3304 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
3305 1.1 christos const expressionS *tok,
3306 1.1 christos int ntok,
3307 1.1 christos int local_macros_on)
3308 1.1 christos {
3309 1.1 christos int found_something = 0;
3310 1.1 christos const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
3311 1.1 christos const struct alpha_macro *macro;
3312 1.1 christos int cpumatch = 1;
3313 1.1 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3314 1.1 christos
3315 1.1 christos #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
3316 1.1 christos /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro. */
3317 1.1 christos if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
3318 1.1 christos {
3319 1.8 christos reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
3320 1.8 christos ntok--;
3321 1.1 christos }
3322 1.1 christos else
3323 1.1 christos #endif
3324 1.1 christos if (local_macros_on)
3325 1.1 christos {
3326 1.1 christos macro = (const struct alpha_macro *) str_hash_find (alpha_macro_hash,
3327 1.1 christos opname);
3328 1.1 christos if (macro)
3329 1.1 christos {
3330 1.1 christos found_something = 1;
3331 1.1 christos macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
3332 1.1 christos if (macro)
3333 1.1 christos {
3334 1.8 christos (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
3335 1.8 christos return;
3336 1.1 christos }
3337 1.1 christos }
3338 1.1 christos }
3339 1.1 christos
3340 1.1 christos /* Search opcodes. */
3341 1.1 christos opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) str_hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash,
3342 1.1 christos opname);
3343 1.1 christos if (opcode)
3344 1.1 christos {
3345 1.1 christos found_something = 1;
3346 1.1 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
3347 1.1 christos if (opcode)
3348 1.1 christos {
3349 1.1 christos struct alpha_insn insn;
3350 1.1 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
3351 1.1 christos
3352 1.1 christos /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token. */
3353 1.1 christos if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3354 1.1 christos insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
3355 1.1 christos
3356 1.1 christos emit_insn (&insn);
3357 1.1 christos return;
3358 1.1 christos }
3359 1.1 christos }
3360 1.1 christos
3361 1.1 christos if (found_something)
3362 1.1 christos {
3363 1.1 christos if (cpumatch)
3364 1.1 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
3365 1.1 christos else
3366 1.1 christos as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
3367 1.1 christos alpha_target_name);
3368 1.1 christos }
3369 1.6 christos else
3370 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
3371 1.1 christos }
3372 1.1 christos
3373 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3375 1.1 christos
3376 1.1 christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
3377 1.1 christos Return offset from current procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
3378 1.1 christos
3379 1.1 christos Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit. */
3380 1.1 christos
3381 1.1 christos static symbolS *
3382 1.1 christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
3383 1.1 christos {
3384 1.3 christos symbolS *basesym;
3385 1.1 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
3386 1.1 christos int current_subsec = now_subseg;
3387 1.1 christos char *p;
3388 1.1 christos segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
3389 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
3390 1.1 christos symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
3391 1.1 christos expressionS e;
3392 1.1 christos
3393 1.1 christos basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
3394 1.1 christos
3395 1.1 christos /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
3396 1.1 christos size... Probably correct, but unwise to rely on. */
3397 1.1 christos /* This must always be called with the same subsegment. */
3398 1.1 christos
3399 1.1 christos if (seginfo->frchainP)
3400 1.7 christos for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
3401 1.7 christos fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
3402 1.7 christos fixp = fixp->fx_next)
3403 1.1 christos {
3404 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
3405 1.1 christos && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
3406 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
3407 1.1 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
3408 1.8 christos && symbol_symbolS (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
3409 1.1 christos && (symbol_get_value_expression (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)
3410 1.1 christos ->X_op_symbol == basesym))
3411 1.1 christos return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
3412 1.1 christos }
3413 1.1 christos
3414 1.1 christos /* Not found, add a new entry. */
3415 1.1 christos subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
3416 1.1 christos linksym = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now, frag_now_fix ());
3417 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
3418 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
3419 1.1 christos
3420 1.1 christos /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry). */
3421 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
3422 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
3423 1.1 christos e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
3424 1.1 christos e.X_add_number = 0;
3425 1.1 christos expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
3426 1.1 christos
3427 1.1 christos /* Create a fixup for the entry. */
3428 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new
3429 1.1 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
3430 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
3431 1.1 christos fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
3432 1.1 christos
3433 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
3434 1.1 christos
3435 1.1 christos /* Return the symbol. */
3436 1.1 christos return expsym;
3437 1.1 christos }
3438 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
3439 1.1 christos
3440 1.1 christos /* Assembler directives. */
3442 1.1 christos
3443 1.1 christos /* Handle the .text pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3444 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3445 1.1 christos
3446 1.1 christos static void
3447 1.1 christos s_alpha_text (int i)
3448 1.1 christos {
3449 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3450 1.1 christos obj_elf_text (i);
3451 1.1 christos #else
3452 1.1 christos s_text (i);
3453 1.1 christos #endif
3454 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3455 1.1 christos {
3456 1.1 christos symbolS * symbolP;
3457 1.1 christos
3458 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
3459 1.1 christos if (symbolP == NULL)
3460 1.1 christos {
3461 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
3462 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
3463 1.1 christos symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
3464 1.1 christos }
3465 1.1 christos }
3466 1.1 christos #endif
3467 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3468 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3469 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3470 1.1 christos }
3471 1.1 christos
3472 1.1 christos /* Handle the .data pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3473 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3474 1.1 christos
3475 1.1 christos static void
3476 1.1 christos s_alpha_data (int i)
3477 1.1 christos {
3478 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3479 1.1 christos obj_elf_data (i);
3480 1.1 christos #else
3481 1.1 christos s_data (i);
3482 1.1 christos #endif
3483 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3484 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3485 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3486 1.1 christos }
3487 1.1 christos
3488 1.1 christos #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
3489 1.1 christos
3490 1.1 christos /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks. */
3491 1.1 christos
3492 1.1 christos static void
3493 1.1 christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3494 1.1 christos {
3495 1.1 christos char *name;
3496 1.3 christos char c;
3497 1.1 christos char *p;
3498 1.1 christos offsetT size;
3499 1.1 christos symbolS *symbolP;
3500 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3501 1.1 christos offsetT temp;
3502 1.3 christos int log_align = 0;
3503 1.1 christos #endif
3504 1.1 christos
3505 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
3506 1.1 christos
3507 1.1 christos /* Just after name is now '\0'. */
3508 1.1 christos p = input_line_pointer;
3509 1.1 christos *p = c;
3510 1.1 christos
3511 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3512 1.1 christos
3513 1.1 christos /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does. */
3514 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3515 1.1 christos {
3516 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3517 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3518 1.1 christos }
3519 1.1 christos if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
3520 1.1 christos {
3521 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
3522 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3523 1.1 christos return;
3524 1.1 christos }
3525 1.1 christos
3526 1.1 christos *p = 0;
3527 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3528 1.1 christos *p = c;
3529 1.1 christos
3530 1.1 christos if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
3531 1.1 christos {
3532 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
3533 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3534 1.1 christos return;
3535 1.1 christos }
3536 1.1 christos
3537 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3538 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
3539 1.1 christos temp = 8; /* Default alignment. */
3540 1.1 christos else
3541 1.1 christos {
3542 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3543 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3544 1.1 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
3545 1.1 christos }
3546 1.1 christos
3547 1.1 christos /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */
3548 1.1 christos while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
3549 1.1 christos ++log_align;
3550 1.1 christos
3551 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3552 1.5 christos {
3553 1.1 christos /* Extended form of the directive
3554 1.1 christos
3555 1.1 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
3556 1.1 christos
3557 1.3 christos where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
3558 1.1 christos The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name. */
3559 1.1 christos
3560 1.1 christos segT sec;
3561 1.1 christos const char *sec_name;
3562 1.1 christos symbolS *sec_symbol;
3563 1.1 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3564 1.1 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3565 1.1 christos int cur_size;
3566 1.1 christos
3567 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3568 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3569 1.1 christos sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
3570 1.1 christos sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
3571 1.1 christos sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
3572 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
3573 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
3574 1.1 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
3575 1.1 christos EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
3576 1.1 christos record_alignment (sec, log_align);
3577 1.1 christos
3578 1.1 christos /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section. */
3579 1.1 christos cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
3580 1.1 christos if ((int) size > cur_size)
3581 1.1 christos {
3582 1.1 christos char *pfrag
3583 1.1 christos = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
3584 1.1 christos (valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
3585 1.1 christos *pfrag = 0;
3586 1.1 christos seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
3587 1.1 christos }
3588 1.1 christos
3589 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
3590 1.1 christos
3591 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3592 1.1 christos }
3593 1.1 christos else
3594 1.1 christos {
3595 1.1 christos /* Regular form of the directive
3596 1.1 christos
3597 1.1 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment
3598 1.1 christos
3599 1.1 christos where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
3600 1.1 christos These symbols are assembled in the .bss section. */
3601 1.1 christos
3602 1.1 christos char *pfrag;
3603 1.1 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3604 1.1 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3605 1.1 christos
3606 1.1 christos subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
3607 1.1 christos frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
3608 1.1 christos record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
3609 1.1 christos
3610 1.1 christos symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
3611 1.3 christos pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
3612 1.1 christos size, NULL);
3613 1.1 christos *pfrag = 0;
3614 1.1 christos
3615 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
3616 1.1 christos
3617 1.1 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3618 1.1 christos }
3619 1.1 christos #endif
3620 1.1 christos
3621 1.1 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
3622 1.1 christos {
3623 1.1 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
3624 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
3625 1.1 christos S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
3626 1.1 christos (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
3627 1.3 christos (long) size);
3628 1.1 christos }
3629 1.7 christos else
3630 1.1 christos {
3631 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3632 1.1 christos S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
3633 1.1 christos #endif
3634 1.1 christos S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
3635 1.1 christos }
3636 1.1 christos
3637 1.1 christos #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3638 1.1 christos know (symbol_get_frag (symbolP) == &zero_address_frag);
3639 1.1 christos #endif
3640 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3641 1.1 christos }
3642 1.1 christos
3643 1.1 christos #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
3644 1.1 christos
3645 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3646 1.1 christos
3647 1.1 christos /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3648 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3649 1.1 christos
3650 1.1 christos static void
3651 1.1 christos s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3652 1.1 christos {
3653 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
3654 1.1 christos subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
3655 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3656 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3657 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3658 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3659 1.1 christos }
3660 1.1 christos
3661 1.1 christos #endif
3662 1.1 christos
3663 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3664 1.1 christos
3665 1.1 christos /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3666 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3667 1.1 christos
3668 1.1 christos static void
3669 1.1 christos s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3670 1.1 christos {
3671 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
3672 1.1 christos subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
3673 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3674 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3675 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3676 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3677 1.1 christos }
3678 1.1 christos #endif
3679 1.1 christos
3680 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3681 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data
3682 1.1 christos {
3683 1.1 christos symbolS *func_sym;
3684 1.1 christos symbolS *func_end_sym;
3685 1.1 christos symbolS *prologue_sym;
3686 1.1 christos unsigned int mask;
3687 1.1 christos unsigned int fmask;
3688 1.1 christos int fp_regno;
3689 1.1 christos int ra_regno;
3690 1.1 christos offsetT frame_size;
3691 1.1 christos offsetT mask_offset;
3692 1.3 christos offsetT fmask_offset;
3693 1.3 christos
3694 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
3695 1.1 christos };
3696 1.1 christos
3697 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
3698 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
3699 1.1 christos static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
3700 1.1 christos
3701 1.1 christos extern int all_cfi_sections;
3702 1.1 christos
3703 1.1 christos /* Handle the .section pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3704 1.1 christos clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3705 1.1 christos
3706 1.1 christos static void
3707 1.1 christos s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3708 1.1 christos {
3709 1.1 christos obj_elf_section (ignore);
3710 1.1 christos
3711 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3712 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3713 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
3714 1.1 christos }
3715 1.3 christos
3716 1.3 christos static void
3717 1.3 christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3718 1.3 christos {
3719 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3720 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_ent (0);
3721 1.1 christos else
3722 1.1 christos {
3723 1.3 christos char *name, name_end;
3724 1.1 christos
3725 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3726 1.1 christos /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default. */
3727 1.1 christos all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
3728 1.1 christos
3729 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3730 1.1 christos {
3731 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
3732 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3733 1.1 christos }
3734 1.1 christos else
3735 1.5 christos {
3736 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3737 1.1 christos
3738 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
3739 1.1 christos as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
3740 1.1 christos
3741 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3742 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
3743 1.1 christos
3744 1.1 christos cur_frame_data = XCNEW (struct alpha_elf_frame_data);
3745 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
3746 1.1 christos
3747 1.1 christos /* Provide sensible defaults. */
3748 1.3 christos cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30; /* sp */
3749 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26; /* ra */
3750 1.1 christos
3751 1.1 christos *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
3752 1.1 christos plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
3753 1.1 christos
3754 1.1 christos /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number. Not sure
3755 1.1 christos what it really means, but ignore it. */
3756 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3757 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3758 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3759 1.1 christos {
3760 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
3761 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3762 1.1 christos }
3763 1.1 christos if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
3764 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
3765 1.1 christos }
3766 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3767 1.1 christos }
3768 1.1 christos }
3769 1.3 christos
3770 1.3 christos static void
3771 1.1 christos s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3772 1.1 christos {
3773 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3774 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_end (0);
3775 1.1 christos else
3776 1.1 christos {
3777 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
3778 1.1 christos
3779 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3780 1.1 christos
3781 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3782 1.1 christos {
3783 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
3784 1.1 christos }
3785 1.1 christos else
3786 1.1 christos {
3787 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3788 1.1 christos
3789 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find (name);
3790 1.5 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3791 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
3792 1.1 christos else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
3793 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
3794 1.1 christos
3795 1.1 christos /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function. */
3796 1.1 christos if (sym && cur_frame_data)
3797 1.1 christos {
3798 1.1 christos OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
3799 1.1 christos expressionS *exp = XNEW (expressionS);
3800 1.1 christos
3801 1.1 christos obj->size = exp;
3802 1.3 christos exp->X_op = O_subtract;
3803 1.1 christos exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3804 1.3 christos exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
3805 1.1 christos exp->X_add_number = 0;
3806 1.1 christos
3807 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
3808 1.1 christos }
3809 1.1 christos
3810 1.1 christos cur_frame_data = NULL;
3811 1.1 christos }
3812 1.1 christos
3813 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3814 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3815 1.1 christos }
3816 1.1 christos }
3817 1.1 christos
3818 1.1 christos static void
3819 1.1 christos s_alpha_mask (int fp)
3820 1.1 christos {
3821 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3822 1.1 christos {
3823 1.1 christos if (fp)
3824 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
3825 1.1 christos else
3826 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_mask (0);
3827 1.1 christos }
3828 1.1 christos else
3829 1.1 christos {
3830 1.1 christos long val;
3831 1.1 christos offsetT offset;
3832 1.1 christos
3833 1.1 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3834 1.1 christos {
3835 1.1 christos if (fp)
3836 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
3837 1.1 christos else
3838 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
3839 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3840 1.1 christos return;
3841 1.1 christos }
3842 1.1 christos
3843 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3844 1.1 christos {
3845 1.1 christos if (fp)
3846 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
3847 1.1 christos else
3848 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
3849 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
3850 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3851 1.1 christos return;
3852 1.1 christos }
3853 1.1 christos
3854 1.1 christos offset = get_absolute_expression ();
3855 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3856 1.1 christos
3857 1.1 christos if (fp)
3858 1.1 christos {
3859 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
3860 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
3861 1.1 christos }
3862 1.1 christos else
3863 1.1 christos {
3864 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->mask = val;
3865 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
3866 1.1 christos }
3867 1.1 christos }
3868 1.1 christos }
3869 1.1 christos
3870 1.1 christos static void
3871 1.1 christos s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3872 1.1 christos {
3873 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3874 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_frame (0);
3875 1.1 christos else
3876 1.1 christos {
3877 1.1 christos long val;
3878 1.1 christos
3879 1.1 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3880 1.1 christos {
3881 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
3882 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3883 1.1 christos return;
3884 1.1 christos }
3885 1.1 christos
3886 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
3887 1.1 christos
3888 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3889 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
3890 1.1 christos || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3891 1.1 christos {
3892 1.1 christos as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
3893 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
3894 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3895 1.1 christos return;
3896 1.1 christos }
3897 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
3898 1.1 christos
3899 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
3900 1.1 christos
3901 1.1 christos /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp". In gcc terms
3902 1.1 christos this is current_function_pretend_args_size. There's no place
3903 1.1 christos to put this value, so ignore it. */
3904 1.1 christos s_ignore (42);
3905 1.1 christos }
3906 1.1 christos }
3907 1.8 christos
3908 1.8 christos static void
3909 1.1 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3910 1.1 christos {
3911 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
3912 1.1 christos int arg;
3913 1.1 christos
3914 1.1 christos arg = get_absolute_expression ();
3915 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3916 1.1 christos alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
3917 1.1 christos frag_now_fix ());
3918 1.1 christos
3919 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3920 1.1 christos sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
3921 1.1 christos else
3922 1.1 christos sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
3923 1.1 christos
3924 1.1 christos if (sym == NULL)
3925 1.1 christos {
3926 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
3927 1.1 christos return;
3928 1.1 christos }
3929 1.1 christos
3930 1.1 christos switch (arg)
3931 1.1 christos {
3932 1.1 christos case 0: /* No PV required. */
3933 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
3934 1.1 christos | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3935 1.1 christos break;
3936 1.1 christos case 1: /* Std GP load. */
3937 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
3938 1.1 christos | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3939 1.1 christos break;
3940 1.1 christos case 2: /* Non-std use of PV. */
3941 1.1 christos break;
3942 1.1 christos
3943 1.1 christos default:
3944 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
3945 1.1 christos break;
3946 1.1 christos }
3947 1.1 christos
3948 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
3949 1.1 christos cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3950 1.1 christos }
3951 1.1 christos
3952 1.1 christos static char *first_file_directive;
3953 1.1 christos
3954 1.1 christos static void
3955 1.1 christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3956 1.1 christos {
3957 1.1 christos /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
3958 1.5 christos minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled. */
3959 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
3960 1.1 christos {
3961 1.1 christos char *start = input_line_pointer;
3962 1.1 christos size_t len;
3963 1.1 christos
3964 1.1 christos discard_rest_of_line ();
3965 1.1 christos
3966 1.1 christos len = input_line_pointer - start;
3967 1.1 christos first_file_directive = xmemdup0 (start, len);
3968 1.1 christos
3969 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = start;
3970 1.1 christos }
3971 1.1 christos
3972 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3973 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_file (0);
3974 1.1 christos else
3975 1.1 christos dwarf2_directive_file (0);
3976 1.1 christos }
3977 1.1 christos
3978 1.1 christos static void
3979 1.1 christos s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3980 1.1 christos {
3981 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3982 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_loc (0);
3983 1.1 christos else
3984 1.1 christos dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
3985 1.7 christos }
3986 1.7 christos
3987 1.1 christos static void
3988 1.1 christos s_alpha_stab (int n)
3989 1.1 christos {
3990 1.1 christos /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour. */
3991 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
3992 1.1 christos {
3993 1.1 christos segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
3994 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
3995 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
3996 1.1 christos
3997 1.1 christos ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
3998 1.1 christos
3999 1.1 christos if (first_file_directive)
4000 1.1 christos {
4001 1.1 christos char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
4002 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
4003 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_file (0);
4004 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
4005 1.1 christos free (first_file_directive);
4006 1.1 christos }
4007 1.1 christos
4008 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
4009 1.1 christos }
4010 1.1 christos s_stab (n);
4011 1.1 christos }
4012 1.1 christos
4013 1.1 christos static void
4014 1.1 christos s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
4015 1.1 christos {
4016 1.1 christos static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
4017 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_begin,
4018 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_bend,
4019 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_def,
4020 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_dim,
4021 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_endef,
4022 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_scl,
4023 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_tag,
4024 1.1 christos ecoff_directive_val,
4025 1.1 christos };
4026 1.1 christos
4027 1.1 christos gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
4028 1.1 christos
4029 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
4030 1.1 christos (*fns[which]) (0);
4031 1.1 christos else
4032 1.1 christos {
4033 1.1 christos as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
4034 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4035 1.1 christos }
4036 1.1 christos }
4037 1.1 christos
4038 1.1 christos /* Called at the end of assembly. Here we emit unwind info for frames
4039 1.1 christos unless the compiler has done it for us. */
4040 1.1 christos
4041 1.1 christos void
4042 1.1 christos alpha_elf_md_end (void)
4043 1.1 christos {
4044 1.1 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
4045 1.1 christos
4046 1.1 christos if (cur_frame_data)
4047 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
4048 1.1 christos
4049 1.1 christos /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great. */
4050 1.1 christos if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
4051 1.1 christos return;
4052 1.1 christos
4053 1.1 christos /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
4054 1.1 christos generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
4055 1.1 christos Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
4056 1.1 christos For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives. Note that
4057 1.1 christos the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet. */
4058 1.1 christos if (all_fde_data != NULL)
4059 1.8 christos return;
4060 1.8 christos
4061 1.1 christos /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified. */
4062 1.3 christos for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
4063 1.1 christos if (p->prologue_sym)
4064 1.1 christos {
4065 1.1 christos /* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
4066 1.1 christos function symbol. This prevents problems with globals. */
4067 1.1 christos cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
4068 1.1 christos symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym),
4069 1.1 christos S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym)));
4070 1.1 christos
4071 1.1 christos cfi_set_sections ();
4072 1.1 christos cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
4073 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4074 1.1 christos if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
4075 1.1 christos {
4076 1.1 christos unsigned int mask;
4077 1.1 christos offsetT offset;
4078 1.1 christos
4079 1.1 christos cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
4080 1.1 christos
4081 1.1 christos if (p->fp_regno != 30)
4082 1.1 christos if (p->frame_size != 0)
4083 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
4084 1.1 christos else
4085 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
4086 1.1 christos else if (p->frame_size != 0)
4087 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
4088 1.1 christos
4089 1.1 christos mask = p->mask;
4090 1.1 christos offset = p->mask_offset;
4091 1.1 christos
4092 1.1 christos /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first. */
4093 1.1 christos if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
4094 1.1 christos {
4095 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
4096 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4097 1.1 christos mask &= ~(1 << 26);
4098 1.1 christos }
4099 1.1 christos while (mask)
4100 1.1 christos {
4101 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
4102 1.1 christos i = mask & -mask;
4103 1.1 christos mask ^= i;
4104 1.1 christos i = ffs (i) - 1;
4105 1.1 christos
4106 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
4107 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4108 1.1 christos }
4109 1.1 christos
4110 1.1 christos mask = p->fmask;
4111 1.1 christos offset = p->fmask_offset;
4112 1.1 christos while (mask)
4113 1.1 christos {
4114 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
4115 1.1 christos i = mask & -mask;
4116 1.1 christos mask ^= i;
4117 1.1 christos i = ffs (i) - 1;
4118 1.1 christos
4119 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
4120 1.1 christos offset += 8;
4121 1.1 christos }
4122 1.1 christos }
4123 1.1 christos
4124 1.1 christos cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
4125 1.1 christos }
4126 1.1 christos }
4127 1.3 christos
4128 1.1 christos static void
4129 1.1 christos s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4130 1.1 christos {
4131 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
4132 1.3 christos char *which, which_end;
4133 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
4134 1.1 christos int other;
4135 1.1 christos
4136 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4137 1.1 christos
4138 1.3 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4139 1.3 christos {
4140 1.3 christos as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
4141 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4142 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4143 1.1 christos return;
4144 1.1 christos }
4145 1.1 christos
4146 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4147 1.1 christos name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4148 1.1 christos if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
4149 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
4150 1.3 christos
4151 1.3 christos if (name_end != ',')
4152 1.1 christos {
4153 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
4154 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4155 1.1 christos return;
4156 1.1 christos }
4157 1.1 christos
4158 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4159 1.1 christos
4160 1.1 christos which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
4161 1.1 christos
4162 1.1 christos if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
4163 1.3 christos other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
4164 1.1 christos else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
4165 1.1 christos other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
4166 1.1 christos else
4167 1.1 christos {
4168 1.1 christos as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
4169 1.1 christos other = 0;
4170 1.1 christos }
4171 1.1 christos
4172 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
4173 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4174 1.1 christos
4175 1.1 christos S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
4176 1.1 christos }
4177 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
4178 1.1 christos
4179 1.1 christos /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry. */
4180 1.1 christos
4181 1.5 christos void
4182 1.1 christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4183 1.1 christos {
4184 1.1 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4185 1.1 christos }
4186 1.1 christos
4187 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
4188 1.1 christos
4189 1.1 christos /* Get name of section. */
4190 1.1 christos static const char *
4191 1.1 christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
4192 1.1 christos {
4193 1.1 christos char *name;
4194 1.1 christos
4195 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4196 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
4197 1.1 christos {
4198 1.1 christos int dummy;
4199 1.1 christos
4200 1.1 christos name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
4201 1.1 christos if (name == NULL)
4202 1.1 christos {
4203 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4204 1.1 christos return NULL;
4205 1.1 christos }
4206 1.1 christos }
4207 1.1 christos else
4208 1.1 christos {
4209 1.1 christos char *end = input_line_pointer;
4210 1.1 christos
4211 1.5 christos while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
4212 1.1 christos end++;
4213 1.1 christos if (end == input_line_pointer)
4214 1.1 christos {
4215 1.1 christos as_warn (_("missing name"));
4216 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4217 1.1 christos return NULL;
4218 1.1 christos }
4219 1.1 christos
4220 1.1 christos name = xmemdup0 (input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
4221 1.1 christos input_line_pointer = end;
4222 1.1 christos }
4223 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4224 1.1 christos return name;
4225 1.1 christos }
4226 1.1 christos
4227 1.1 christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword. The LSBs are flags to be set,
4228 1.1 christos the MSBs are the flags to be cleared. */
4229 1.1 christos
4230 1.1 christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
4231 1.1 christos #define EGPS__V_MASK 0xffff
4232 1.8 christos
4233 1.1 christos /* Parse one VMS section flag. */
4234 1.1 christos
4235 1.1 christos static flagword
4236 1.3 christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
4237 1.1 christos {
4238 1.1 christos int no = 0;
4239 1.1 christos flagword flag = 0;
4240 1.1 christos
4241 1.8 christos if (len == 5 && startswith (str, "NO"))
4242 1.1 christos {
4243 1.8 christos no = 1;
4244 1.1 christos str += 2;
4245 1.8 christos len -= 2;
4246 1.1 christos }
4247 1.8 christos
4248 1.1 christos if (len == 3)
4249 1.8 christos {
4250 1.1 christos if (startswith (str, "PIC"))
4251 1.8 christos flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
4252 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "LIB"))
4253 1.8 christos flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
4254 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "OVR"))
4255 1.8 christos flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
4256 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "REL"))
4257 1.8 christos flag = EGPS__V_REL;
4258 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "GBL"))
4259 1.8 christos flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
4260 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "SHR"))
4261 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
4262 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "EXE"))
4263 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
4264 1.8 christos else if (startswith (str, "WRT"))
4265 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
4266 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "VEC"))
4267 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
4268 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "MOD"))
4269 1.1 christos {
4270 1.1 christos flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4271 1.1 christos no = 0;
4272 1.1 christos }
4273 1.1 christos else if (startswith (str, "COM"))
4274 1.1 christos flag = EGPS__V_COM;
4275 1.1 christos }
4276 1.1 christos
4277 1.1 christos if (flag == 0)
4278 1.1 christos {
4279 1.1 christos char c = str[len];
4280 1.1 christos str[len] = 0;
4281 1.1 christos as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
4282 1.1 christos str[len] = c;
4283 1.1 christos return 0;
4284 1.1 christos }
4285 1.1 christos
4286 1.1 christos if (no)
4287 1.5 christos return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4288 1.1 christos else
4289 1.1 christos return flag;
4290 1.1 christos }
4291 1.1 christos
4292 1.1 christos /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op. */
4293 1.5 christos
4294 1.5 christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
4295 1.1 christos
4296 1.1 christos static const char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
4297 1.1 christos { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
4298 1.1 christos
4299 1.1 christos static void
4300 1.1 christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
4301 1.1 christos {
4302 1.1 christos const char *name;
4303 1.1 christos char *beg;
4304 1.1 christos segT sec;
4305 1.1 christos flagword vms_flags = 0;
4306 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol;
4307 1.1 christos
4308 1.1 christos if (secid == 0)
4309 1.1 christos {
4310 1.1 christos name = s_alpha_section_name ();
4311 1.1 christos if (name == NULL)
4312 1.1 christos return;
4313 1.1 christos sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
4314 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
4315 1.1 christos {
4316 1.3 christos /* Skip the comma. */
4317 1.1 christos ++input_line_pointer;
4318 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4319 1.1 christos
4320 1.1 christos do
4321 1.3 christos {
4322 1.1 christos char c;
4323 1.1 christos
4324 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4325 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
4326 1.1 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
4327 1.1 christos
4328 1.1 christos vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
4329 1.1 christos
4330 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4331 1.1 christos }
4332 1.1 christos while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
4333 1.1 christos
4334 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4335 1.1 christos }
4336 1.1 christos
4337 1.1 christos symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4338 1.1 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
4339 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4340 1.1 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags
4341 1.1 christos (stdoutput, sec,
4342 1.1 christos (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
4343 1.1 christos vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
4344 1.1 christos }
4345 1.1 christos else
4346 1.1 christos {
4347 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4348 1.1 christos subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
4349 1.1 christos }
4350 1.1 christos
4351 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4352 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4353 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4354 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
4355 1.1 christos }
4356 1.1 christos
4357 1.1 christos static void
4358 1.1 christos s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4359 1.1 christos {
4360 1.1 christos subseg_new (".literals", 0);
4361 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4362 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4363 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4364 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
4365 1.1 christos }
4366 1.1 christos
4367 1.1 christos /* Parse .ent directives. */
4368 1.1 christos
4369 1.1 christos static void
4370 1.1 christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4371 1.1 christos {
4372 1.1 christos symbolS *symbol;
4373 1.1 christos expressionS symexpr;
4374 1.1 christos
4375 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
4376 1.1 christos as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
4377 1.1 christos
4378 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
4379 1.1 christos
4380 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
4381 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
4382 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
4383 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
4384 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
4385 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
4386 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
4387 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
4388 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
4389 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
4390 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
4391 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
4392 1.1 christos
4393 1.1 christos expression (&symexpr);
4394 1.1 christos
4395 1.1 christos if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
4396 1.1 christos {
4397 1.1 christos as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
4398 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4399 1.1 christos return;
4400 1.1 christos }
4401 1.1 christos
4402 1.1 christos symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
4403 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4404 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
4405 1.1 christos
4406 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4407 1.1 christos }
4408 1.3 christos
4409 1.3 christos static void
4410 1.1 christos s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
4411 1.1 christos {
4412 1.1 christos if (is_data)
4413 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
4414 1.1 christos else
4415 1.1 christos {
4416 1.1 christos char *name, name_end;
4417 1.1 christos
4418 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4419 1.1 christos
4420 1.1 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4421 1.1 christos {
4422 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
4423 1.3 christos }
4424 1.3 christos else
4425 1.3 christos {
4426 1.3 christos symbolS *sym;
4427 1.1 christos
4428 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4429 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4430 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
4431 1.1 christos }
4432 1.1 christos
4433 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4434 1.1 christos }
4435 1.1 christos
4436 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4437 1.1 christos }
4438 1.1 christos
4439 1.1 christos /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives. */
4440 1.1 christos
4441 1.1 christos static void
4442 1.1 christos s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4443 1.1 christos {
4444 1.1 christos long val;
4445 1.1 christos int ra;
4446 1.1 christos
4447 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
4448 1.1 christos
4449 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4450 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
4451 1.1 christos || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4452 1.1 christos {
4453 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
4454 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4455 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4456 1.1 christos return;
4457 1.1 christos }
4458 1.1 christos
4459 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
4460 1.1 christos
4461 1.1 christos ra = tc_get_register (1);
4462 1.1 christos if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
4463 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
4464 1.1 christos
4465 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4466 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4467 1.1 christos {
4468 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
4469 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4470 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4471 1.1 christos return;
4472 1.1 christos }
4473 1.8 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
4474 1.8 christos }
4475 1.1 christos
4476 1.1 christos /* Parse .prologue. */
4477 1.1 christos
4478 1.1 christos static void
4479 1.1 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4480 1.1 christos {
4481 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4482 1.1 christos alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
4483 1.1 christos frag_now_fix ());
4484 1.1 christos }
4485 1.3 christos
4486 1.1 christos /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
4487 1.1 christos Insert a procedure descriptor. */
4488 1.1 christos
4489 1.1 christos static void
4490 1.1 christos s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4491 1.1 christos {
4492 1.1 christos char *name;
4493 1.1 christos char name_end;
4494 1.1 christos char *p;
4495 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4496 1.1 christos symbolS *entry_sym;
4497 1.1 christos const char *entry_sym_name;
4498 1.1 christos const char *pdesc_sym_name;
4499 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
4500 1.1 christos size_t len;
4501 1.1 christos
4502 1.1 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4503 1.1 christos {
4504 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
4505 1.3 christos return;
4506 1.1 christos }
4507 1.1 christos
4508 1.3 christos expression (&exp);
4509 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4510 1.1 christos {
4511 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
4512 1.1 christos return;
4513 1.1 christos }
4514 1.1 christos
4515 1.1 christos entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
4516 1.1 christos entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
4517 1.1 christos
4518 1.1 christos /* Strip "..en". */
4519 1.1 christos len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
4520 1.1 christos if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
4521 1.1 christos {
4522 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
4523 1.1 christos return;
4524 1.1 christos }
4525 1.1 christos len -= 4;
4526 1.1 christos pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4527 1.1 christos
4528 1.1 christos if (!alpha_evax_proc
4529 1.1 christos || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
4530 1.3 christos || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
4531 1.1 christos || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
4532 1.1 christos {
4533 1.1 christos as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
4534 1.1 christos return;
4535 1.3 christos }
4536 1.1 christos
4537 1.1 christos /* Define pdesc symbol. */
4538 1.1 christos symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4539 1.1 christos
4540 1.1 christos /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol. */
4541 1.1 christos ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
4542 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
4543 1.1 christos = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
4544 1.1 christos
4545 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4546 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4547 1.8 christos {
4548 1.1 christos as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
4549 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4550 1.8 christos return;
4551 1.1 christos }
4552 1.1 christos
4553 1.8 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4554 1.1 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4555 1.1 christos
4556 1.1 christos if (startswith (name, "stack"))
4557 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
4558 1.3 christos
4559 1.1 christos else if (startswith (name, "reg"))
4560 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
4561 1.1 christos
4562 1.1 christos else if (startswith (name, "null"))
4563 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
4564 1.3 christos
4565 1.1 christos else
4566 1.1 christos {
4567 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4568 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
4569 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4570 1.1 christos return;
4571 1.1 christos }
4572 1.1 christos
4573 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4574 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4575 1.1 christos
4576 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4577 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4578 1.1 christos #endif
4579 1.1 christos
4580 1.1 christos frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4581 1.1 christos p = frag_more (16);
4582 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
4583 1.1 christos fixp->fx_done = 1;
4584 1.1 christos
4585 1.1 christos *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
4586 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
4587 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
4588 1.1 christos | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
4589 1.1 christos *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
4590 1.1 christos
4591 1.1 christos switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
4592 1.1 christos {
4593 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
4594 1.1 christos *(p + 2) = 0;
4595 1.1 christos *(p + 3) = 0;
4596 1.1 christos break;
4597 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
4598 1.1 christos *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
4599 1.1 christos *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
4600 1.1 christos break;
4601 1.1 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
4602 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
4603 1.1 christos break;
4604 1.1 christos default: /* impossible */
4605 1.1 christos break;
4606 1.1 christos }
4607 1.1 christos
4608 1.1 christos *(p + 4) = 0;
4609 1.1 christos *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
4610 1.1 christos
4611 1.1 christos /* Signature offset. */
4612 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
4613 1.1 christos
4614 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
4615 1.1 christos 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4616 1.1 christos
4617 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
4618 1.1 christos return;
4619 1.1 christos
4620 1.1 christos /* pdesc+16: Size. */
4621 1.1 christos p = frag_more (6);
4622 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
4623 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
4624 1.1 christos
4625 1.1 christos /* Entry length. */
4626 1.1 christos exp.X_op = O_subtract;
4627 1.1 christos exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
4628 1.1 christos exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
4629 1.1 christos emit_expr (&exp, 2);
4630 1.1 christos
4631 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
4632 1.1 christos return;
4633 1.1 christos
4634 1.1 christos /* pdesc+24: register masks. */
4635 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4636 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
4637 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
4638 1.1 christos
4639 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
4640 1.1 christos {
4641 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4642 1.1 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
4643 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4644 1.1 christos }
4645 1.1 christos
4646 1.1 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
4647 1.1 christos {
4648 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4649 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
4650 1.1 christos }
4651 1.1 christos }
4652 1.1 christos
4653 1.1 christos /* Support for crash debug on vms. */
4654 1.1 christos
4655 1.1 christos static void
4656 1.1 christos s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4657 1.1 christos {
4658 1.1 christos char *p;
4659 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4660 1.1 christos
4661 1.1 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4662 1.1 christos {
4663 1.1 christos as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
4664 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4665 1.1 christos return;
4666 1.1 christos }
4667 1.1 christos
4668 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4669 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4670 1.1 christos {
4671 1.1 christos as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
4672 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4673 1.1 christos return;
4674 1.1 christos }
4675 1.1 christos
4676 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4677 1.1 christos
4678 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4679 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4680 1.1 christos #endif
4681 1.1 christos
4682 1.1 christos frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4683 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4684 1.1 christos
4685 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4686 1.1 christos }
4687 1.1 christos
4688 1.1 christos /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
4689 1.1 christos Create a linkage pair relocation. */
4690 1.1 christos
4691 1.1 christos static void
4692 1.1 christos s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4693 1.1 christos {
4694 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4695 1.1 christos char *p;
4696 1.1 christos fixS *fixp;
4697 1.1 christos
4698 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4699 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4700 1.1 christos #endif
4701 1.3 christos
4702 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4703 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4704 1.1 christos {
4705 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
4706 1.1 christos }
4707 1.1 christos else
4708 1.1 christos {
4709 1.8 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
4710 1.8 christos
4711 1.1 christos p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4712 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4713 1.5 christos fixp = fix_new_exp
4714 1.1 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
4715 1.1 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
4716 1.1 christos
4717 1.1 christos if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
4718 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = symbol_new (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, frag_now,
4719 1.1 christos frag_now_fix ());
4720 1.1 christos
4721 1.1 christos /* Create a linkage element. */
4722 1.1 christos linkage_fixup = XNEW (struct alpha_linkage_fixups);
4723 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
4724 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
4725 1.1 christos linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
4726 1.1 christos
4727 1.1 christos /* Append it to the list. */
4728 1.1 christos if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
4729 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
4730 1.1 christos else
4731 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
4732 1.1 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
4733 1.1 christos }
4734 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4735 1.1 christos }
4736 1.1 christos
4737 1.1 christos /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
4738 1.1 christos Create a code address relocation. */
4739 1.1 christos
4740 1.1 christos static void
4741 1.1 christos s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4742 1.1 christos {
4743 1.1 christos expressionS exp;
4744 1.1 christos char *p;
4745 1.1 christos
4746 1.1 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4747 1.1 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4748 1.1 christos #endif
4749 1.1 christos
4750 1.1 christos expression (&exp);
4751 1.1 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4752 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
4753 1.1 christos else
4754 1.1 christos {
4755 1.1 christos p = frag_more (8);
4756 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
4757 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
4758 1.1 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
4759 1.1 christos }
4760 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4761 1.1 christos }
4762 1.1 christos
4763 1.1 christos static void
4764 1.1 christos s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4765 1.1 christos {
4766 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
4767 1.1 christos
4768 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4769 1.1 christos }
4770 1.1 christos
4771 1.1 christos static void
4772 1.1 christos s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4773 1.1 christos {
4774 1.1 christos long val;
4775 1.1 christos
4776 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4777 1.1 christos {
4778 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
4779 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4780 1.1 christos }
4781 1.1 christos else
4782 1.1 christos {
4783 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
4784 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4785 1.1 christos }
4786 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4787 1.1 christos }
4788 1.1 christos
4789 1.1 christos static void
4790 1.1 christos s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4791 1.1 christos {
4792 1.1 christos long val;
4793 1.1 christos
4794 1.1 christos if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4795 1.1 christos {
4796 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
4797 1.1 christos --input_line_pointer;
4798 1.1 christos }
4799 1.1 christos else
4800 1.1 christos {
4801 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
4802 1.1 christos (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4803 1.1 christos }
4804 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4805 1.3 christos }
4806 1.1 christos
4807 1.1 christos static void
4808 1.1 christos s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4809 1.1 christos {
4810 1.1 christos char *name;
4811 1.1 christos char c;
4812 1.1 christos
4813 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4814 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
4815 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4816 1.1 christos alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
4817 1.1 christos }
4818 1.1 christos
4819 1.1 christos static void
4820 1.1 christos s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4821 1.1 christos {
4822 1.1 christos symbolS *s;
4823 1.1 christos int length;
4824 1.1 christos static char case_hack[32];
4825 1.1 christos
4826 1.1 christos sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
4827 1.1 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
4828 1.1 christos
4829 1.1 christos s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
4830 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4831 1.1 christos
4832 1.1 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4833 1.1 christos s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
4834 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4835 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4836 1.1 christos }
4837 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
4838 1.1 christos
4839 1.1 christos /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op. */
4840 1.1 christos
4841 1.1 christos static void
4842 1.1 christos s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4843 1.1 christos {
4844 1.1 christos expressionS e;
4845 1.1 christos char *p;
4846 1.1 christos
4847 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4848 1.1 christos expression (&e);
4849 1.1 christos
4850 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4851 1.1 christos switch (e.X_op)
4852 1.1 christos {
4853 1.1 christos case O_constant:
4854 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4855 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_symbol;
4856 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
4857 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
4858 1.1 christos break;
4859 1.1 christos default:
4860 1.1 christos abort ();
4861 1.1 christos }
4862 1.1 christos #else
4863 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
4864 1.1 christos switch (e.X_op)
4865 1.1 christos {
4866 1.1 christos case O_constant:
4867 1.1 christos e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4868 1.1 christos /* fall through */
4869 1.1 christos case O_symbol:
4870 1.1 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
4871 1.1 christos e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
4872 1.1 christos break;
4873 1.1 christos default:
4874 1.1 christos abort ();
4875 1.1 christos }
4876 1.1 christos #endif
4877 1.1 christos #endif
4878 1.1 christos
4879 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
4880 1.1 christos alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4881 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > 2)
4882 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 2;
4883 1.6 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4884 1.1 christos
4885 1.1 christos p = frag_more (4);
4886 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, 4);
4887 1.1 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
4888 1.1 christos &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
4889 1.1 christos }
4890 1.1 christos
4891 1.1 christos /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops. This is like the
4892 1.1 christos generic version, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
4893 1.1 christos correctly aligned. */
4894 1.1 christos
4895 1.1 christos static void
4896 1.1 christos s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
4897 1.1 christos {
4898 1.1 christos int log_size;
4899 1.1 christos
4900 1.1 christos switch (type)
4901 1.1 christos {
4902 1.1 christos default:
4903 1.1 christos case 'f':
4904 1.1 christos case 'F':
4905 1.1 christos log_size = 2;
4906 1.1 christos break;
4907 1.1 christos
4908 1.1 christos case 'd':
4909 1.1 christos case 'D':
4910 1.1 christos case 'G':
4911 1.1 christos log_size = 3;
4912 1.1 christos break;
4913 1.1 christos
4914 1.1 christos case 'x':
4915 1.1 christos case 'X':
4916 1.1 christos case 'p':
4917 1.1 christos case 'P':
4918 1.1 christos log_size = 4;
4919 1.1 christos break;
4920 1.1 christos }
4921 1.1 christos
4922 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
4923 1.1 christos alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4924 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
4925 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = log_size;
4926 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4927 1.1 christos
4928 1.1 christos float_cons (type);
4929 1.1 christos }
4930 1.1 christos
4931 1.1 christos /* Handle the .proc pseudo op. We don't really do much with it except
4932 1.1 christos parse it. */
4933 1.1 christos
4934 1.1 christos static void
4935 1.1 christos s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4936 1.3 christos {
4937 1.1 christos char *name;
4938 1.1 christos char c;
4939 1.1 christos char *p;
4940 1.3 christos symbolS *symbolP;
4941 1.1 christos int temp;
4942 1.1 christos
4943 1.1 christos /* Takes ".proc name,nargs". */
4944 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4945 1.1 christos c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4946 1.1 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4947 1.1 christos symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4948 1.1 christos *p = c;
4949 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4950 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4951 1.1 christos {
4952 1.1 christos *p = 0;
4953 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
4954 1.1 christos *p = c;
4955 1.1 christos temp = 0;
4956 1.1 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4957 1.1 christos }
4958 1.1 christos else
4959 1.1 christos {
4960 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
4961 1.1 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
4962 1.1 christos }
4963 1.1 christos /* *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
4964 1.1 christos (void) symbolP;
4965 1.1 christos as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
4966 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4967 1.1 christos }
4968 1.1 christos
4969 1.1 christos /* Handle the .set pseudo op. This is used to turn on and off most of
4970 1.1 christos the assembler features. */
4971 1.3 christos
4972 1.1 christos static void
4973 1.1 christos s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4974 1.1 christos {
4975 1.1 christos char *name, ch, *s;
4976 1.1 christos int yesno = 1;
4977 1.1 christos
4978 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4979 1.1 christos
4980 1.1 christos ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
4981 1.1 christos s = name;
4982 1.1 christos if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
4983 1.1 christos {
4984 1.1 christos yesno = 0;
4985 1.1 christos s += 2;
4986 1.1 christos }
4987 1.1 christos if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
4988 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
4989 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
4990 1.1 christos alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
4991 1.3 christos else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
4992 1.1 christos alpha_macros_on = yesno;
4993 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
4994 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
4995 1.1 christos else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
4996 1.1 christos /* ignore */ ;
4997 1.1 christos else
4998 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
4999 1.1 christos
5000 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5001 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5002 1.1 christos }
5003 1.1 christos
5004 1.1 christos /* Handle the .base pseudo op. This changes the assembler's notion of
5005 1.1 christos the $gp register. */
5006 1.1 christos
5007 1.1 christos static void
5008 1.1 christos s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5009 1.1 christos {
5010 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5011 1.1 christos
5012 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
5013 1.1 christos {
5014 1.1 christos /* $rNN form. */
5015 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5016 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
5017 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5018 1.1 christos }
5019 1.1 christos
5020 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
5021 1.1 christos if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
5022 1.1 christos {
5023 1.1 christos alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
5024 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
5025 1.1 christos }
5026 1.1 christos
5027 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5028 1.1 christos }
5029 1.1 christos
5030 1.1 christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op. This aligns to a power of two. It
5031 1.1 christos also adjusts any current instruction label. We treat this the same
5032 1.1 christos way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment. */
5033 1.1 christos
5034 1.1 christos static void
5035 1.1 christos s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5036 1.1 christos {
5037 1.1 christos int align;
5038 1.1 christos char fill, *pfill;
5039 1.1 christos long max_alignment = 16;
5040 1.1 christos
5041 1.1 christos align = get_absolute_expression ();
5042 1.1 christos if (align > max_alignment)
5043 1.1 christos {
5044 1.1 christos align = max_alignment;
5045 1.1 christos as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
5046 1.1 christos }
5047 1.1 christos else if (align < 0)
5048 1.1 christos {
5049 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
5050 1.1 christos align = 0;
5051 1.1 christos }
5052 1.1 christos
5053 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
5054 1.1 christos {
5055 1.1 christos input_line_pointer++;
5056 1.1 christos fill = get_absolute_expression ();
5057 1.1 christos pfill = &fill;
5058 1.1 christos }
5059 1.1 christos else
5060 1.1 christos pfill = NULL;
5061 1.1 christos
5062 1.1 christos if (align != 0)
5063 1.1 christos {
5064 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
5065 1.1 christos alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
5066 1.1 christos }
5067 1.1 christos else
5068 1.1 christos {
5069 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5070 1.1 christos }
5071 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5072 1.1 christos
5073 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5074 1.1 christos }
5075 1.1 christos
5076 1.1 christos /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment. */
5077 1.1 christos
5078 1.1 christos static void
5079 1.1 christos s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
5080 1.1 christos {
5081 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
5082 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5083 1.1 christos stringer (8 + terminate);
5084 1.1 christos }
5085 1.1 christos
5086 1.1 christos /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment. */
5087 1.1 christos
5088 1.1 christos static void
5089 1.1 christos s_alpha_space (int ignore)
5090 1.1 christos {
5091 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = 0;
5092 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5093 1.1 christos s_space (ignore);
5094 1.1 christos }
5095 1.1 christos
5096 1.1 christos /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment. */
5097 1.1 christos
5098 1.1 christos void
5099 1.1 christos alpha_cons_align (int size)
5100 1.1 christos {
5101 1.1 christos int log_size;
5102 1.1 christos
5103 1.1 christos log_size = 0;
5104 1.1 christos while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
5105 1.1 christos ++log_size;
5106 1.1 christos
5107 1.1 christos if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
5108 1.1 christos alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
5109 1.1 christos if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
5110 1.1 christos alpha_current_align = log_size;
5111 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5112 1.1 christos }
5113 1.1 christos
5114 1.1 christos /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
5115 1.1 christos pseudos. We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons. */
5116 1.1 christos
5117 1.1 christos static void
5118 1.1 christos s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
5119 1.1 christos {
5120 1.1 christos int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
5121 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5122 1.1 christos cons (bytes);
5123 1.1 christos alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
5124 1.1 christos }
5125 1.1 christos
5126 1.3 christos /* Switch the working cpu type. */
5127 1.3 christos
5128 1.1 christos static void
5129 1.1 christos s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5130 1.1 christos {
5131 1.1 christos char *name, ch;
5132 1.1 christos const struct cpu_type *p;
5133 1.1 christos
5134 1.1 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5135 1.1 christos
5136 1.1 christos ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
5137 1.8 christos
5138 1.3 christos for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5139 1.1 christos if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
5140 1.1 christos {
5141 1.1 christos alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5142 1.1 christos goto found;
5143 1.1 christos }
5144 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
5145 1.1 christos
5146 1.1 christos found:
5147 1.1 christos (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5148 1.1 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5149 1.1 christos }
5150 1.1 christos
5151 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG1
5153 1.1 christos /* print token expression with alpha specific extension. */
5154 1.1 christos
5155 1.1 christos static void
5156 1.1 christos alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
5157 1.1 christos {
5158 1.1 christos switch (exp->X_op)
5159 1.1 christos {
5160 1.1 christos case O_cpregister:
5161 1.1 christos putc (',', f);
5162 1.1 christos /* FALLTHRU */
5163 1.1 christos case O_pregister:
5164 1.1 christos putc ('(', f);
5165 1.1 christos {
5166 1.1 christos expressionS nexp = *exp;
5167 1.1 christos nexp.X_op = O_register;
5168 1.1 christos print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
5169 1.1 christos }
5170 1.1 christos putc (')', f);
5171 1.1 christos break;
5172 1.1 christos default:
5173 1.1 christos print_expr_1 (f, exp);
5174 1.1 christos break;
5175 1.1 christos }
5176 1.1 christos }
5177 1.1 christos #endif
5178 1.1 christos
5179 1.1 christos /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */
5181 1.1 christos
5182 1.1 christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
5183 1.1 christos {
5184 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5185 1.1 christos {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, /* OSF1 compiler does this. */
5186 1.1 christos {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
5187 1.1 christos #endif
5188 1.1 christos {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
5189 1.1 christos {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
5190 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5191 1.1 christos {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
5192 1.1 christos #endif
5193 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5194 1.1 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5195 1.1 christos {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5196 1.1 christos {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
5197 1.1 christos {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5198 1.1 christos #endif
5199 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5200 1.1 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5201 1.1 christos {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
5202 1.1 christos {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
5203 1.1 christos {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
5204 1.1 christos {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
5205 1.1 christos {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
5206 1.1 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5207 1.1 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5208 1.1 christos {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
5209 1.1 christos {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5210 1.1 christos {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
5211 1.1 christos {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5212 1.1 christos {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
5213 1.1 christos {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
5214 1.1 christos {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
5215 1.1 christos {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
5216 1.1 christos {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
5217 1.1 christos {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
5218 1.1 christos {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
5219 1.1 christos {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
5220 1.1 christos #endif
5221 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5222 1.1 christos /* Frame related pseudos. */
5223 1.1 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5224 1.1 christos {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5225 1.1 christos {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5226 1.1 christos {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
5227 1.1 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5228 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5229 1.1 christos {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
5230 1.1 christos {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
5231 1.1 christos {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
5232 1.1 christos {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
5233 1.1 christos {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
5234 1.1 christos /* COFF debugging related pseudos. */
5235 1.1 christos {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
5236 1.1 christos {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
5237 1.1 christos {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
5238 1.1 christos {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
5239 1.1 christos {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
5240 1.1 christos {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
5241 1.1 christos {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
5242 1.1 christos {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
5243 1.1 christos #else
5244 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5245 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5246 1.1 christos #else
5247 1.1 christos {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
5248 1.1 christos #endif
5249 1.1 christos #endif
5250 1.1 christos {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
5251 1.1 christos {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5252 1.1 christos {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5253 1.1 christos {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
5254 1.1 christos {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
5255 1.1 christos {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
5256 1.1 christos
5257 1.1 christos {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
5258 1.1 christos {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
5259 1.1 christos {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
5260 1.1 christos {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
5261 1.1 christos {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
5262 1.1 christos {"base", s_alpha_base, 0}, /*??*/
5263 1.1 christos {"option", s_ignore, 0},
5264 1.1 christos {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
5265 1.1 christos {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
5266 1.1 christos {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
5267 1.1 christos
5268 1.1 christos {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
5269 1.1 christos {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5270 1.1 christos {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5271 1.1 christos {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5272 1.1 christos {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
5273 1.1 christos {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5274 1.1 christos {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5275 1.1 christos {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
5276 1.1 christos {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
5277 1.1 christos {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
5278 1.1 christos
5279 1.1 christos /* Unaligned data pseudos. */
5280 1.1 christos {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5281 1.1 christos {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5282 1.1 christos {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5283 1.1 christos
5284 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5285 1.1 christos /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned. */
5286 1.1 christos {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5287 1.1 christos {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5288 1.1 christos {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5289 1.1 christos #endif
5290 1.1 christos
5291 1.1 christos /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these. */
5292 1.1 christos {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
5293 1.1 christos {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
5294 1.1 christos
5295 1.1 christos {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
5296 1.1 christos
5297 1.1 christos {NULL, 0, 0},
5298 1.1 christos };
5299 1.1 christos
5300 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5302 1.1 christos
5303 1.1 christos /* @@@ GP selection voodoo. All of this seems overly complicated and
5304 1.1 christos unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only. */
5305 1.1 christos
5306 1.1 christos static inline void
5307 1.1 christos maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
5308 1.1 christos {
5309 1.1 christos bfd_vma vma;
5310 1.1 christos
5311 1.1 christos if (!sec)
5312 1.1 christos return;
5313 1.1 christos vma = bfd_section_vma (sec);
5314 1.1 christos if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
5315 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value = vma;
5316 1.1 christos }
5317 1.1 christos
5318 1.1 christos static void
5319 1.1 christos select_gp_value (void)
5320 1.1 christos {
5321 1.1 christos gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
5322 1.1 christos
5323 1.1 christos /* Get minus-one in whatever width... */
5324 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value = 0;
5325 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value--;
5326 1.1 christos
5327 1.1 christos /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections. */
5328 1.1 christos maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
5329 1.1 christos
5330 1.1 christos /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here? If not, why not? */
5331 1.1 christos #define GP_ADJUSTMENT (0x8000 - 0x10)
5332 1.1 christos
5333 1.1 christos alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
5334 1.1 christos
5335 1.5 christos S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
5336 1.1 christos
5337 1.1 christos #ifdef DEBUG1
5338 1.1 christos printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
5339 1.1 christos #endif
5340 1.1 christos }
5341 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
5342 1.1 christos
5343 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5344 1.1 christos /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL. */
5345 1.1 christos
5346 1.1 christos bfd_vma
5347 1.1 christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, const char **ptr_msg)
5348 1.1 christos {
5349 1.1 christos if (letter == 's')
5350 1.1 christos return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
5351 1.1 christos
5352 1.1 christos *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
5353 1.1 christos return -1;
5354 1.1 christos }
5355 1.1 christos
5356 1.1 christos /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA. */
5357 1.1 christos
5358 1.1 christos flagword
5359 1.1 christos alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5360 1.1 christos {
5361 1.5 christos if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
5362 1.5 christos flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
5363 1.1 christos return flags;
5364 1.1 christos }
5365 1.1 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
5366 1.1 christos
5367 1.1 christos /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c. Fill in the contents
5368 1.1 christos of an rs_align_code fragment. */
5369 1.1 christos
5370 1.1 christos void
5371 1.1 christos alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
5372 1.1 christos {
5373 1.1 christos static unsigned char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
5374 1.1 christos static unsigned char const nopunop[8] =
5375 1.1 christos {
5376 1.1 christos 0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
5377 1.1 christos 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
5378 1.1 christos };
5379 1.1 christos
5380 1.1 christos int bytes, fix;
5381 1.1 christos char *p;
5382 1.1 christos
5383 1.1 christos if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
5384 1.1 christos return;
5385 1.1 christos
5386 1.1 christos bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
5387 1.1 christos p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
5388 1.1 christos fix = 0;
5389 1.1 christos
5390 1.1 christos if (bytes & 3)
5391 1.1 christos {
5392 1.1 christos fix = bytes & 3;
5393 1.1 christos memset (p, 0, fix);
5394 1.1 christos p += fix;
5395 1.1 christos bytes -= fix;
5396 1.1 christos }
5397 1.1 christos
5398 1.1 christos if (bytes & 4)
5399 1.1 christos {
5400 1.1 christos memcpy (p, unop, 4);
5401 1.1 christos p += 4;
5402 1.1 christos bytes -= 4;
5403 1.1 christos fix += 4;
5404 1.1 christos }
5405 1.1 christos
5406 1.1 christos memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
5407 1.1 christos
5408 1.1 christos fragp->fr_fix += fix;
5409 1.1 christos fragp->fr_var = 8;
5410 1.1 christos }
5411 1.1 christos
5412 1.1 christos /* Public interface functions. */
5414 1.1 christos
5415 1.1 christos /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It sets
5416 1.1 christos up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
5417 1.1 christos need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed. */
5418 1.1 christos
5419 1.1 christos void
5420 1.8 christos md_begin (void)
5421 1.1 christos {
5422 1.1 christos unsigned int i;
5423 1.1 christos
5424 1.8 christos /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough. */
5425 1.1 christos {
5426 1.1 christos expressionS e;
5427 1.8 christos
5428 1.8 christos e.X_op = O_max;
5429 1.1 christos gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
5430 1.1 christos }
5431 1.1 christos
5432 1.1 christos /* Create the opcode hash table. */
5433 1.1 christos alpha_opcode_hash = str_htab_create ();
5434 1.1 christos
5435 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
5436 1.1 christos {
5437 1.5 christos const char *name, *slash;
5438 1.1 christos
5439 1.1 christos name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
5440 1.1 christos if (str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0))
5441 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
5442 1.8 christos
5443 1.1 christos /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
5444 1.1 christos syntax, like the architecture manual suggests. However, for
5445 1.1 christos use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
5446 1.1 christos without the "/". */
5447 1.1 christos
5448 1.1 christos if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
5449 1.1 christos {
5450 1.1 christos char *p = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (name));
5451 1.1 christos
5452 1.1 christos memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
5453 1.1 christos strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
5454 1.8 christos
5455 1.1 christos (void) str_hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, &alpha_opcodes[i], 0);
5456 1.1 christos /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
5457 1.1 christos variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q". */
5458 1.8 christos }
5459 1.1 christos
5460 1.1 christos while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
5461 1.8 christos && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
5462 1.8 christos || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
5463 1.1 christos continue;
5464 1.1 christos }
5465 1.1 christos
5466 1.1 christos /* Create the macro hash table. */
5467 1.1 christos alpha_macro_hash = str_htab_create ();
5468 1.1 christos
5469 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
5470 1.1 christos {
5471 1.1 christos const char *name;
5472 1.1 christos
5473 1.1 christos name = alpha_macros[i].name;
5474 1.1 christos if (str_hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, &alpha_macros[i], 0))
5475 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
5476 1.8 christos
5477 1.8 christos while (++i < alpha_num_macros
5478 1.1 christos && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
5479 1.1 christos || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
5480 1.1 christos continue;
5481 1.1 christos }
5482 1.1 christos
5483 1.1 christos /* Construct symbols for each of the registers. */
5484 1.1 christos for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
5485 1.8 christos {
5486 1.8 christos char name[4];
5487 1.1 christos
5488 1.1 christos sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
5489 1.1 christos alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
5490 1.1 christos &zero_address_frag, i);
5491 1.1 christos }
5492 1.1 christos
5493 1.1 christos for (; i < 64; ++i)
5494 1.1 christos {
5495 1.1 christos char name[5];
5496 1.1 christos
5497 1.1 christos sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
5498 1.1 christos alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
5499 1.8 christos &zero_address_frag, i);
5500 1.8 christos }
5501 1.1 christos
5502 1.1 christos /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using. */
5503 1.1 christos
5504 1.1 christos /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects. */
5505 1.1 christos bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
5506 1.1 christos
5507 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5508 1.1 christos create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
5509 1.1 christos
5510 1.1 christos /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
5511 1.7 christos symbol table. We'll edit it out of relocs later. */
5512 1.7 christos alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section,
5513 1.1 christos &zero_address_frag, 0x8000);
5514 1.1 christos #endif
5515 1.1 christos
5516 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5517 1.8 christos create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
5518 1.1 christos #endif
5519 1.1 christos
5520 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5521 1.1 christos if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
5522 1.1 christos {
5523 1.1 christos segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
5524 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_flags (sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
5525 1.1 christos bfd_set_section_alignment (sec, 3);
5526 1.1 christos }
5527 1.1 christos #endif
5528 1.1 christos
5529 1.1 christos /* Create literal lookup hash table. */
5530 1.1 christos alpha_literal_hash = str_htab_create ();
5531 1.1 christos
5532 1.1 christos subseg_set (text_section, 0);
5533 1.1 christos }
5534 1.1 christos
5535 1.1 christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
5536 1.1 christos
5537 1.1 christos void
5538 1.1 christos md_assemble (char *str)
5539 1.1 christos {
5540 1.1 christos /* Current maximum is 13. */
5541 1.1 christos char opname[32];
5542 1.1 christos expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
5543 1.1 christos int ntok, trunclen;
5544 1.1 christos size_t opnamelen;
5545 1.1 christos
5546 1.1 christos /* Split off the opcode. */
5547 1.1 christos opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
5548 1.1 christos trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
5549 1.1 christos ? opnamelen
5550 1.1 christos : sizeof (opname) - 1);
5551 1.1 christos memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
5552 1.1 christos opname[trunclen] = '\0';
5553 1.1 christos
5554 1.1 christos /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
5555 1.1 christos if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
5556 1.1 christos {
5557 1.1 christos if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
5558 1.1 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
5559 1.7 christos
5560 1.1 christos return;
5561 1.1 christos }
5562 1.1 christos
5563 1.1 christos /* Finish it off. */
5564 1.1 christos assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
5565 1.1 christos }
5566 1.1 christos
5567 1.1 christos /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary. */
5568 1.1 christos
5569 1.1 christos valueT
5570 1.5 christos md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
5571 1.1 christos {
5572 1.1 christos int align = bfd_section_alignment (seg);
5573 1.5 christos valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
5574 1.1 christos
5575 1.1 christos return (size + mask) & ~mask;
5576 1.1 christos }
5577 1.1 christos
5578 1.1 christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
5579 1.1 christos of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number
5580 1.1 christos of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is
5581 1.6 christos returned, or NULL on OK. */
5582 1.1 christos
5583 1.1 christos const char *
5584 1.1 christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
5585 1.1 christos {
5586 1.1 christos extern const char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
5587 1.8 christos
5588 1.1 christos switch (type)
5589 1.1 christos {
5590 1.1 christos /* VAX floats. */
5591 1.1 christos case 'G':
5592 1.1 christos /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason. */
5593 1.1 christos type = 'g';
5594 1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
5595 1.1 christos case 'F':
5596 1.1 christos case 'D':
5597 1.1 christos return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
5598 1.1 christos
5599 1.1 christos default:
5600 1.1 christos return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, false);
5601 1.1 christos }
5602 1.1 christos }
5603 1.1 christos
5604 1.1 christos /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options. */
5605 1.1 christos
5606 1.1 christos int
5607 1.1 christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg)
5608 1.1 christos {
5609 1.1 christos switch (c)
5610 1.1 christos {
5611 1.1 christos case 'F':
5612 1.1 christos alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
5613 1.1 christos break;
5614 1.1 christos
5615 1.1 christos case OPTION_32ADDR:
5616 1.1 christos alpha_addr32_on = 1;
5617 1.1 christos break;
5618 1.1 christos
5619 1.1 christos case 'g':
5620 1.1 christos alpha_debug = 1;
5621 1.1 christos break;
5622 1.1 christos
5623 1.1 christos case 'G':
5624 1.1 christos g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
5625 1.1 christos break;
5626 1.1 christos
5627 1.1 christos case 'm':
5628 1.1 christos {
5629 1.1 christos const struct cpu_type *p;
5630 1.1 christos
5631 1.1 christos for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5632 1.1 christos if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
5633 1.1 christos {
5634 1.1 christos alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5635 1.1 christos goto found;
5636 1.1 christos }
5637 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
5638 1.1 christos found:;
5639 1.1 christos }
5640 1.1 christos break;
5641 1.1 christos
5642 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5643 1.1 christos case '+': /* For g++. Hash any name > 63 chars long. */
5644 1.1 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
5645 1.1 christos break;
5646 1.1 christos
5647 1.1 christos case 'H': /* Show new symbol after hash truncation. */
5648 1.1 christos alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
5649 1.1 christos break;
5650 1.1 christos
5651 1.1 christos case 'h': /* For gnu-c/vax compatibility. */
5652 1.1 christos break;
5653 1.1 christos
5654 1.1 christos case OPTION_REPLACE:
5655 1.1 christos alpha_flag_replace = 1;
5656 1.1 christos break;
5657 1.1 christos
5658 1.1 christos case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
5659 1.1 christos alpha_flag_replace = 0;
5660 1.1 christos break;
5661 1.1 christos #endif
5662 1.1 christos
5663 1.1 christos case OPTION_RELAX:
5664 1.1 christos alpha_flag_relax = 1;
5665 1.1 christos break;
5666 1.1 christos
5667 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5668 1.1 christos case OPTION_MDEBUG:
5669 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
5670 1.1 christos break;
5671 1.1 christos case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
5672 1.1 christos alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
5673 1.1 christos break;
5674 1.1 christos #endif
5675 1.1 christos
5676 1.1 christos default:
5677 1.1 christos return 0;
5678 1.1 christos }
5679 1.1 christos
5680 1.1 christos return 1;
5681 1.1 christos }
5682 1.1 christos
5683 1.1 christos /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept. */
5684 1.1 christos
5685 1.1 christos void
5686 1.1 christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
5687 1.1 christos {
5688 1.1 christos fputs (_("\
5689 1.1 christos Alpha options:\n\
5690 1.1 christos -32addr treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
5691 1.1 christos -F lack floating point instructions support\n\
5692 1.1 christos -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
5693 1.1 christos specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
5694 1.1 christos -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
5695 1.1 christos these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
5696 1.1 christos stream);
5697 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5698 1.1 christos fputs (_("\
5699 1.1 christos VMS options:\n\
5700 1.1 christos -+ encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
5701 1.1 christos -H show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
5702 1.1 christos -replace/-noreplace enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
5703 1.1 christos stream);
5704 1.1 christos #endif
5705 1.1 christos }
5706 1.1 christos
5707 1.1 christos /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
5708 1.1 christos relative to the pc-relative fixup. Er, relatively speaking. */
5709 1.1 christos
5710 1.1 christos long
5711 1.1 christos md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
5712 1.1 christos {
5713 1.1 christos valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
5714 1.1 christos
5715 1.1 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5716 1.1 christos {
5717 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5718 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5719 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5720 1.1 christos return addr + 4;
5721 1.1 christos default:
5722 1.1 christos return addr;
5723 1.1 christos }
5724 1.1 christos }
5725 1.1 christos
5726 1.1 christos /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup. The return value is
5727 1.1 christos ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
5728 1.1 christos To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
5729 1.1 christos
5730 1.1 christos For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
5731 1.1 christos internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally. We had to do
5732 1.1 christos this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
5733 1.1 christos the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
5734 1.1 christos GPDISP. */
5735 1.1 christos
5736 1.1 christos void
5737 1.1 christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
5738 1.1 christos {
5739 1.1 christos char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
5740 1.1 christos valueT value = * valP;
5741 1.1 christos unsigned image, size;
5742 1.1 christos
5743 1.1 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5744 1.1 christos {
5745 1.1 christos /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
5746 1.1 christos referring to the current function's section; we need to drop
5747 1.1 christos in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
5748 1.1 christos the function, gives the desired GP. */
5749 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
5750 1.1 christos {
5751 1.1 christos fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
5752 1.1 christos
5753 1.1 christos /* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
5754 1.1 christos the matching LO16 reloc. We will have already issued an
5755 1.1 christos error message. */
5756 1.1 christos if (next)
5757 1.1 christos fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
5758 1.1 christos - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
5759 1.1 christos
5760 1.1 christos value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
5761 1.1 christos }
5762 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5763 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
5764 1.1 christos #endif
5765 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_gp;
5766 1.7 christos
5767 1.7 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
5768 1.7 christos value = sign_extend_16 (value);
5769 1.7 christos fixP->fx_offset = 0;
5770 1.7 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5771 1.7 christos fixP->fx_done = 1;
5772 1.1 christos #endif
5773 1.1 christos
5774 1.1 christos do_reloc_gp:
5775 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
5776 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5777 1.1 christos break;
5778 1.1 christos
5779 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_8:
5780 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5781 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
5782 1.1 christos size = 1;
5783 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_xx;
5784 1.1 christos
5785 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
5786 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5787 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
5788 1.1 christos size = 2;
5789 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_xx;
5790 1.1 christos
5791 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
5792 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5793 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
5794 1.1 christos size = 4;
5795 1.1 christos goto do_reloc_xx;
5796 1.1 christos
5797 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
5798 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5799 1.1 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
5800 1.1 christos size = 8;
5801 1.1 christos
5802 1.1 christos do_reloc_xx:
5803 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5804 1.1 christos {
5805 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
5806 1.1 christos goto done;
5807 1.1 christos }
5808 1.1 christos return;
5809 1.1 christos
5810 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5811 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5812 1.1 christos gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
5813 1.1 christos fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
5814 1.1 christos /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */
5815 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
5816 1.1 christos break;
5817 1.1 christos #else
5818 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5819 1.1 christos #endif
5820 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
5821 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
5822 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
5823 1.1 christos return;
5824 1.1 christos
5825 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5826 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5827 1.1 christos {
5828 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5829 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5830 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5831 1.1 christos }
5832 1.1 christos return;
5833 1.1 christos
5834 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5835 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5836 1.1 christos {
5837 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5838 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5839 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5840 1.1 christos }
5841 1.1 christos return;
5842 1.1 christos
5843 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5844 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5845 1.1 christos return;
5846 1.1 christos
5847 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
5848 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
5849 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
5850 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
5851 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
5852 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
5853 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
5854 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
5855 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
5856 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
5857 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy)
5858 1.1 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
5859 1.1 christos return;
5860 1.1 christos #endif
5861 1.1 christos
5862 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5863 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
5864 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5865 1.1 christos return;
5866 1.1 christos #endif
5867 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
5868 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
5869 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
5870 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
5871 1.1 christos return;
5872 1.1 christos
5873 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5874 1.7 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
5875 1.1 christos value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5876 1.1 christos
5877 1.1 christos /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
5878 1.1 christos "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
5879 1.1 christos as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
5880 1.1 christos and the same test is done again." */
5881 1.1 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5882 1.1 christos {
5883 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5884 1.1 christos return;
5885 1.1 christos }
5886 1.1 christos
5887 1.1 christos if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
5888 1.1 christos goto done;
5889 1.1 christos else
5890 1.1 christos {
5891 1.1 christos /* Change to a nop. */
5892 1.1 christos image = 0x47FF041F;
5893 1.7 christos goto write_done;
5894 1.1 christos }
5895 1.1 christos
5896 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
5897 1.1 christos /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
5898 1.1 christos the value for an O_subtract. */
5899 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy
5900 1.1 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5901 1.1 christos {
5902 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
5903 1.1 christos return;
5904 1.1 christos }
5905 1.1 christos
5906 1.1 christos if (value + (1u << 15) >= (1u << 16))
5907 1.1 christos goto done;
5908 1.1 christos else
5909 1.1 christos {
5910 1.1 christos /* Change to an lda. */
5911 1.1 christos image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
5912 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5913 1.7 christos }
5914 1.1 christos
5915 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
5916 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
5917 1.1 christos value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5918 1.1 christos
5919 1.1 christos /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above. */
5920 1.1 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5921 1.1 christos {
5922 1.1 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5923 1.1 christos return;
5924 1.1 christos }
5925 1.1 christos
5926 1.1 christos if (value + (1u << 22) >= (1u << 23))
5927 1.1 christos {
5928 1.1 christos /* Out of range. */
5929 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
5930 1.1 christos {
5931 1.1 christos /* Add a hint. */
5932 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
5933 1.1 christos image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5934 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5935 1.1 christos }
5936 1.1 christos goto done;
5937 1.1 christos }
5938 1.1 christos else
5939 1.1 christos {
5940 1.1 christos /* Change to a branch. */
5941 1.1 christos image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5942 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5943 1.1 christos }
5944 1.1 christos #endif
5945 1.1 christos
5946 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
5947 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
5948 1.1 christos return;
5949 1.1 christos
5950 1.1 christos default:
5951 1.1 christos {
5952 1.1 christos const struct alpha_operand *operand;
5953 1.1 christos
5954 1.1 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
5955 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
5956 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
5957 1.1 christos
5958 1.1 christos gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
5959 1.1 christos operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
5960 1.1 christos
5961 1.1 christos /* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
5962 1.1 christos resolution and have no representation in the object file.
5963 1.1 christos Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants. */
5964 1.1 christos
5965 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
5966 1.1 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
5967 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5968 1.1 christos _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
5969 1.1 christos
5970 1.1 christos image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5971 1.1 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
5972 1.1 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
5973 1.8 christos }
5974 1.1 christos goto write_done;
5975 1.1 christos }
5976 1.8 christos
5977 1.1 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
5978 1.1 christos return;
5979 1.1 christos else
5980 1.1 christos {
5981 1.1 christos as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5982 1.1 christos _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
5983 1.1 christos goto done;
5984 1.1 christos }
5985 1.1 christos
5986 1.1 christos write_done:
5987 1.1 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
5988 1.1 christos
5989 1.1 christos done:
5990 1.1 christos fixP->fx_done = 1;
5991 1.1 christos }
5992 1.1 christos
5993 1.1 christos /* Look for a register name in the given symbol. */
5994 1.1 christos
5995 1.1 christos symbolS *
5996 1.1 christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
5997 1.1 christos {
5998 1.1 christos if (*name == '$')
5999 1.1 christos {
6000 1.1 christos int is_float = 0, num;
6001 1.1 christos
6002 1.1 christos switch (*++name)
6003 1.1 christos {
6004 1.1 christos case 'f':
6005 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6006 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
6007 1.1 christos is_float = 32;
6008 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
6009 1.1 christos
6010 1.1 christos case 'r':
6011 1.1 christos if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
6012 1.1 christos break;
6013 1.1 christos /* Fall through. */
6014 1.1 christos
6015 1.1 christos case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
6016 1.1 christos case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
6017 1.1 christos if (name[1] == '\0')
6018 1.1 christos num = name[0] - '0';
6019 1.1 christos else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
6020 1.1 christos {
6021 1.1 christos num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
6022 1.1 christos if (num >= 32)
6023 1.1 christos break;
6024 1.1 christos }
6025 1.1 christos else
6026 1.1 christos break;
6027 1.1 christos
6028 1.1 christos if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
6029 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6030 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
6031 1.1 christos
6032 1.1 christos case 'a':
6033 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
6034 1.1 christos {
6035 1.1 christos if (!alpha_noat_on)
6036 1.1 christos as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6037 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
6038 1.1 christos }
6039 1.1 christos break;
6040 1.1 christos
6041 1.1 christos case 'g':
6042 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6043 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
6044 1.1 christos break;
6045 1.1 christos
6046 1.1 christos case 's':
6047 1.1 christos if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6048 1.1 christos return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
6049 1.1 christos break;
6050 1.1 christos }
6051 1.1 christos }
6052 1.1 christos return NULL;
6053 1.1 christos }
6054 1.1 christos
6055 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6056 1.1 christos /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits. */
6057 1.1 christos
6058 1.1 christos void
6059 1.1 christos alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
6060 1.1 christos {
6061 1.1 christos select_gp_value ();
6062 1.1 christos /* $zero and $f31 are read-only. */
6063 1.1 christos alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
6064 1.1 christos alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
6065 1.1 christos }
6066 1.1 christos #endif
6067 1.1 christos
6068 1.1 christos /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
6069 1.1 christos code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
6070 1.1 christos required. */
6071 1.1 christos
6072 1.1 christos void
6073 1.1 christos alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
6074 1.1 christos {
6075 1.1 christos alpha_insn_label = sym;
6076 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6077 1.1 christos dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
6078 1.1 christos #endif
6079 1.1 christos }
6080 1.1 christos
6081 1.1 christos /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
6082 1.1 christos there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time. */
6083 1.1 christos
6084 1.1 christos int
6085 1.1 christos alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
6086 1.1 christos {
6087 1.1 christos if (alpha_flag_relax)
6088 1.1 christos return 1;
6089 1.1 christos
6090 1.1 christos switch (f->fx_r_type)
6091 1.1 christos {
6092 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6093 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6094 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6095 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6096 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6097 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6098 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6099 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6100 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6101 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6102 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6103 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6104 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6105 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6106 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6107 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6108 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6109 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6110 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6111 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6112 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6113 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6114 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6115 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6116 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6117 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6118 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6119 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6120 1.1 christos #endif
6121 1.1 christos return 1;
6122 1.1 christos
6123 1.1 christos default:
6124 1.1 christos break;
6125 1.1 christos }
6126 1.1 christos
6127 1.1 christos return generic_force_reloc (f);
6128 1.1 christos }
6129 1.1 christos
6130 1.1 christos /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now. */
6131 1.1 christos
6132 1.1 christos int
6133 1.1 christos alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
6134 1.1 christos {
6135 1.1 christos /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
6136 1.1 christos reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it? */
6137 1.1 christos switch (f->fx_r_type)
6138 1.1 christos {
6139 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6140 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6141 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6142 1.1 christos return 0;
6143 1.1 christos
6144 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6145 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6146 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6147 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6148 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6149 1.1 christos return 1;
6150 1.1 christos
6151 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
6152 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
6153 1.1 christos return 0;
6154 1.1 christos
6155 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6156 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6157 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6158 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6159 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
6160 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
6161 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
6162 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
6163 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
6164 1.1 christos return 1;
6165 1.1 christos
6166 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6167 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6168 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6169 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6170 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6171 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6172 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6173 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6174 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6175 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6176 1.1 christos /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
6177 1.1 christos we're preventing this in the other assemblers. Follow for now. */
6178 1.1 christos return 0;
6179 1.1 christos
6180 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6181 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6182 1.1 christos /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
6183 1.1 christos let it get resolved at assembly time. */
6184 1.1 christos {
6185 1.1 christos symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
6186 1.1 christos const char *name;
6187 1.1 christos int offset = 0;
6188 1.1 christos
6189 1.1 christos if (generic_force_reloc (f))
6190 1.1 christos return 0;
6191 1.1 christos
6192 1.1 christos switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
6193 1.1 christos {
6194 1.1 christos case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
6195 1.1 christos break;
6196 1.1 christos case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
6197 1.1 christos offset = 8;
6198 1.1 christos break;
6199 1.1 christos default:
6200 1.1 christos if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
6201 1.1 christos name = "<local>";
6202 1.1 christos else
6203 1.1 christos name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
6204 1.1 christos as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
6205 1.1 christos _("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
6206 1.1 christos name);
6207 1.1 christos break;
6208 1.1 christos }
6209 1.1 christos f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
6210 1.1 christos f->fx_offset += offset;
6211 1.1 christos return 1;
6212 1.1 christos }
6213 1.1 christos #endif
6214 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6215 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6216 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6217 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6218 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6219 1.1 christos return 1;
6220 1.1 christos #endif
6221 1.1 christos
6222 1.1 christos default:
6223 1.5 christos return 1;
6224 1.5 christos }
6225 1.1 christos }
6226 1.1 christos
6227 1.1 christos /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
6228 1.1 christos fixup used internally in the assembler. */
6229 1.1 christos
6230 1.1 christos arelent *
6231 1.1 christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6232 1.1 christos fixS *fixp)
6233 1.1 christos {
6234 1.1 christos arelent *reloc;
6235 1.1 christos
6236 1.1 christos reloc = XNEW (arelent);
6237 1.1 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
6238 1.1 christos *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6239 1.1 christos reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
6240 1.1 christos
6241 1.1 christos /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
6242 1.1 christos They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
6243 1.1 christos gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
6244 1.1 christos
6245 1.1 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
6246 1.1 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
6247 1.1 christos {
6248 1.1 christos as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
6249 1.1 christos _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
6250 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6251 1.1 christos return NULL;
6252 1.1 christos }
6253 1.1 christos
6254 1.1 christos if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
6255 1.1 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
6256 1.1 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6257 1.1 christos
6258 1.1 christos gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
6259 1.1 christos
6260 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
6261 1.1 christos
6262 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6263 1.1 christos /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh. */
6264 1.1 christos /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook. */
6265 1.1 christos if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
6266 1.1 christos reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
6267 1.1 christos #endif
6268 1.1 christos
6269 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6270 1.1 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
6271 1.1 christos {
6272 1.1 christos struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
6273 1.1 christos const char *pname;
6274 1.1 christos int pname_len;
6275 1.1 christos
6276 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6277 1.1 christos /* Copy the linkage index. */
6278 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6279 1.1 christos break;
6280 1.5 christos
6281 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6282 1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6283 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6284 1.1 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6285 1.1 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
6286 1.1 christos
6287 1.1 christos /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure. Beware that
6288 1.1 christos the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name. */
6289 1.1 christos pname_len = strlen (pname);
6290 1.1 christos if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
6291 1.1 christos {
6292 1.1 christos symbolS *sym;
6293 1.1 christos char *my_pname = xmemdup0 (pname, pname_len - 4);
6294 1.1 christos sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
6295 1.1 christos free (my_pname);
6296 1.1 christos if (sym == NULL)
6297 1.1 christos abort ();
6298 1.1 christos
6299 1.5 christos while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
6300 1.1 christos {
6301 1.1 christos symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
6302 1.1 christos
6303 1.1 christos /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
6304 1.1 christos written program. */
6305 1.1 christos if (n == sym)
6306 1.1 christos break;
6307 1.1 christos sym = n;
6308 1.1 christos }
6309 1.1 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
6310 1.1 christos }
6311 1.1 christos
6312 1.1 christos udata = XNEW (struct evax_private_udata_struct);
6313 1.1 christos udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6314 1.1 christos udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
6315 1.1 christos udata->origname = (char *)pname;
6316 1.1 christos udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6317 1.1 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
6318 1.1 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
6319 1.1 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6320 1.1 christos
6321 1.1 christos default:
6322 1.1 christos break;
6323 1.1 christos }
6324 1.1 christos #endif
6325 1.1 christos
6326 1.1 christos return reloc;
6327 1.1 christos }
6328 1.1 christos
6329 1.1 christos /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
6330 1.3 christos number. Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
6331 1.3 christos matching for us.
6332 1.1 christos
6333 1.1 christos Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive. */
6334 1.1 christos
6335 1.1 christos int
6336 1.1 christos tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6337 1.1 christos {
6338 1.1 christos int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
6339 1.1 christos
6340 1.8 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6341 1.1 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
6342 1.1 christos {
6343 1.1 christos char *s;
6344 1.1 christos char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
6345 1.1 christos symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
6346 1.1 christos
6347 1.1 christos *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
6348 1.1 christos if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
6349 1.1 christos goto found;
6350 1.1 christos }
6351 1.1 christos as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
6352 1.1 christos
6353 1.1 christos found:
6354 1.1 christos note_gpreg (framereg);
6355 1.1 christos return framereg;
6356 1.1 christos }
6357 1.1 christos
6358 1.1 christos /* This is called before the symbol table is processed. In order to
6359 1.1 christos work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
6360 1.1 christos However, in other cases, we want to discard them. If we were
6361 1.1 christos called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
6362 1.1 christos mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
6363 1.1 christos mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels. */
6364 1.1 christos
6365 1.1 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6366 1.1 christos
6367 1.1 christos void
6368 alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
6369 {
6370 if (alpha_debug != 0
6371 && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
6372 flag_keep_locals = 1;
6373 }
6374
6375 #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
6376
6377 /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
6378 IEEE floating point. We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
6379 format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here. */
6380 #include "config/atof-vax.c"
6381